Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

compar+від+great

  • 1 MIKILL

    * * *
    (acc. mikinn, neut. mikit), a.
    1) great, tall, of stature (m. vexti, maðr m. ok sterkr);
    2) great, large, in bulk or size (mikil ey ok góð); áin var mikil, the river was swollen;
    3) of quantity, great, much (m. viðr, mikil drykkjuföng);
    4) great, prominent (skörungr m., málafylgjumaðr m.); m. drykkjumaðr, a great drunkard; vetr m., a severe winter; með mikilli snild, with great skill;
    5) acc. ‘mikinn’ used as adv.; ríða (fara) m., to ride (go) fast; róa m., to pull hard;
    6) neut. as subst., much; skipta miklu, to be of great importance; dat., ‘miklu’ with compar., much, by far (m. betr; m. meiri maðr en áðr); with superl., m. mestr, by far the greatest, the very greatest; neut. as adv., mikit, greatly, much, = mjök( hón unni honum m.).
    * * *
    or mykill, adj., mikill, mikil, mikit; gen. mikils, mikillar, mikils; dat. miklum, mikilli, miklu; acc. mikinn, mikla, mikit: plur. miklir, miklar, mikil; gen. mikilla; dat. miklum; acc. mikla, miklar, mikil: with a suff. neg. miklo-gi, Grág. i. 209, Ísl. ii. 360 (Heiðarv. S.), see -gi (C). The spelling also varies between i and y; the latter form is represented by the Swed. mycka and mycket; Ivar Aasen mykjen and mygje; A. S. mycel; Old Engl., Scot., and North. E. have both muckle and mickle; Engl. much; early Dan. mögel. Some Icel. MSS., e. g. the Flatey-book (first hand), make a difference by spelling i in the uncontractcd forms, but y in the contracted, e. g. mikill, but myklir, myklar, myklum; this however was prob. a Norwegianism, for the poets in their rhymes use i throughout, sik miklu, sikling miklum, Hallfred, agreeably with the mod. pronunciation: compar. meiri, superl. mestr, see meiri: [Ulf. mikils; A. S. mycel; Hel. mikil; O. H. G. mihil; Scot. mickle; Dan. megen; Lat. magnus; Gr. μέγας.]
    B. Great, tall, of stature; maðr m. ok sterkr, Nj. 2, Eg. 1; sveinn m. ok fríðr, Fms. i. 14; m. vexti, vi. 102.
    2. great, large, in bulk or size; mikil ey ok góð, Eg. 25; m. nauts-húð, Fms. vi. 183; miklar hendr ok fætr, 429; jammikit, Grág. ii. 264; vatn vel mikit at vexti, Sks. 90; áin var mikil, swoln, Nj. 253; mikit hár, 2; höllina miklu, Fms. vii. 122; mikit ríki, vi. 148; mikil borg, id.
    3. of quantity, great, much; mikil drykkjuföng, Sturl. iii. 289; mikill viðr, Nj. 45; mikit fé annat, Ld. 84; hafði mikit á græðsk, Nj. 10; mikit hunang, Rb. 572; mikið skal til mikils vinna, Vídal. ii. 64.
    II. metaph. great; skörungr mikill, Ld. 120; málafylgju-maðr mikill, Nj. i; svá m. atgörvi-maðr ok skörungr, Ld. 84; m. drykkju-maðr, Fms. vii. 175: eigi mikill þegn, Ísl. ii. 344; miklir eptirmáls-menn, Ld. 64; miklir atgörvi-menn, Fms. i. 17; göra e-n mikinn mann, Eg. 28; þá görði él mikit ok íllviðri, Fms. i. 175; vinds gnýr mikill, Ld. 326: vetr mikill, a hard winter, Rb. 572, Ld. 120; mikit ár, a good season, Hom. 68; mikla rausn, Sturl. iii. 289; um Dofra-fjall var mikil fór ór Þrándheimi, Fms. vii. 122; svá mikit metorð, x. 398; frost eru þá mikil, Edda 40; mikit úgagn, mikit mein, 41; með mikilli snild, Ld. 84; með mikilli vínáttu, id.; mikla virðing, id.; mikil tíðindi, 326; mikinn trúnað, 204; mikit tilkall, Eg. 266; mikit vald, Nj. 10; mikill fagna-fundr, Ld. 330; mikit ( imposing) er þitt yfirbragð, Fms. ii. 161; mikit mannfall, Rb. 572.
    2. acc. mikinn used as adv.; hann ríðr mikinn, Nj. 55, 125, Gullþ. 64, Grett. 29 new Ed.; þeir fóru mikinn. Fms. ix. 511; mikinn tekr þú nú af, vi. 206; hann tók mikinn af því at þat væri eigi, x. 148.
    III. neut. as subst., much; skipta miklu, to be of great importance, Ld. 308; hversu mikit, how much, id.; vera til mikils ferr, 655 xi. 3; mikils verðr, Ísl. ii. 327, Njarð. 372; e-m er mikit í skapi, of emotion, anger, Nj. 38; þykkja e-t mikit, to think much of it, be sorry, angry for, or the like, Eg. 539.
    2. dat. miklu with a compar. much, by far, cp. Lat. multo; muni vera miklu fleiri ván skipa, Ld. 78; miklu betr, 84; miklu hærra, Sks. 653; miklu meiri maðr en áðr, Fms. vii. 233; miklu meira háttar, i. 295.
    β. with superl., in poets; miklu mest, much the greatest; þá er unni mér miklu mest manna, Kormak, Hkv. 1. 49; miklu beztan, Ó. H. (in a verse); miklu maklegast, Nj. (in a verse); miklu daprastr, Fas. ii. 56 (in a verse); miklu lengst, Ó. H. (in a verse); miklu fegrst, Fm. 40.
    γ. in prose; miklu hollastir, Glúm. 340; miklu mest allra þeirra, Fms. ix. 54; miklu mest hyrndir, xi. 6; sú borg var miklu mest, vi. 154; jarl var miklu blíðastr þann dag til konungs, ix. 282; miklu beztr, Þiðr. 183; miklu harðast ok hættuligast, 200.
    IV. neut. as adv., mikit = much, greatly; hón unni honum mikit. Nj. 27; sá maðr eykr mikit ( greatly) efni til skipsins Naglfars, Edda 41; honum fannsk mikit um, Fms. vii. 232; unnusk þeir mikit, Nj. 149; gékk þá skipit mikit (= mikinn), Eg. 390; en þeir sigldu mikit, Fms. vii. 214; samðisk þá mikit með þeim feðgum. Ísl. ii. 210; þessi rembisk mikit, 219.
    V. pr. names; Mikla Gildi. the Great Guild, Fms. vi. 440; Mikla-Stofa, etc.: as a nickname, inn Mikli en Mikla, the big; Hrolleifr enn Mikli, Fs.: in old writers always of the body, in mod. usage = great as Alexander Mikli, (where formerly Ríki was used.)
    2. in local names, [cp. Dan. mögel-, magle-]: Mikli-garðr, m. ‘Mickle-garth’ = Constantinople, Fms. passim; Mikla-garðs-konungr, -keisari, the king of M., passim.
    C. COMPDS: mikilbrjóstaðr, mikilfengliga, mikilfengligr, mikilgjarn, mikilgæfr, mikilhugaðr, mikilhæfr, mikillátr, mikilleikr, mikilleitr, mikilliga, mikilligr, mikillætask, mikillæti, mikilmagnaðr, mikilmannliga, mikilmannligr, mikilmenni, mikilmennska, mikilmæli, mikilráðr, mikilræði, mikilúðligr, mikilvegligr, mikilvirkr, mikilvænligr, mikilþægr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > MIKILL

  • 2 ALL-

    may be prefixed to almost every adjective and adverb in an intensive sense, very, extremely.
    * * *
    may in old writers be prefixed to almost every adjective and adverb in an intensive sense, like Engl. very, Lat. per-, Gr. οια-, ζα-. In common talk and modern writings it is rare (except after a negative), and denotes something below the average, viz. tolerably, pretty well, not very well; but in the Sagas, something capital, exceeding. In high style it may perhaps be used in the old sense, e. g. allfagrt ljós oss birtist brátt, a transl. of the Ambrosian hymn, Aurora lucis rutilat. The instances in old writers are nearly endless, e. g. all-annt, n. adj. very eager, Fms. ii. 41; ironically, 150. all-apr, adj. very sore, very harsh, v. apr. all-auðsóttligt, n. adj. very easy, Fs. 40. all-auðveldliga, adv. very easily, Fms. iv. 129. all-auðveldligr, adj. very easy, Fms. v. 331. all-auðveldr, adj. id., Fbr. 158: neut. as adv., Hkr. ii. 76. all-ágætr, adj. very famous, Fms. ii. 76. all-áhyggjusamliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very careful, Fms. vi. 184. all-ákafliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very hot, impetuous, Hkr. i. 234, ii. 32. all-ákaft, adj. very fast, Nj. 196. all-áræðiliga, adv. very likely, Fær. 183. all-áræðislítill, adj. very timid, Fms. vi. 217. all-ástúðligt, n. adj. very hearty, intimate, Fms. ii. 20. all-banvænn, adj. very likely to prove mortal, Orkn. 148. all-beinn, adj. very hospitable, Fms. ii. 84, Eb. 286: neut. as adv., Fær. 259. all-beiskr, adj. very harsh, bitter, Sturl. iii. 167. all-bert, n. adj. very manifest, Lex. Poët. all-bitr, adj. very biting, sharp, Sks. 548. all-bitrligr, adj. of a very sharp appearance, Vígl. 20. all-bjartr, adj. very bright, Fms. viii. 361. all-bjúgr, adj. very much bent, curved, Ölkofr. 39. all-blár, adj. very blue, Glúm. 394. all-blíðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very blithely, kindly, Fær. 132. all-blíðr, adj. very mild, amiable, Sd. 158, Fms. i. 202. all-bráðgörr, adj. very soon mature, Eb. 16. all-bráðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very hastily, Orkn. 72. all-bráðr, adj. very hot-headed, Njarð. 370: neut. as adv. very soon, Fms. xi. 51: dat. pl. all-bráðum, as adv. very suddenly, 139. all-bros-ligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very funny, laughable, Fms. iii. 113. all-dasigr, adj. very sluggish, Lex. Poët. all-digr, adj. very big, stout; metaph. puffed up, Nj. 236. all-djarfliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very boldly, Fms. ii. 313, Orkn. 102. all-djúpsettr, adj. very deep, thoughtful, Bret. 158. all-drengiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very bold, gallant, Lv. 110. all-dræmt, n. adj. very boastfully, from dramb, superbia, (the modern word is dræmt = slowly, sluggishly); þeir létu a. yfir sér, boasted, Sturl. ii. 56. MS. Mus. Brit. 1127; Cod. A. M. has allvænt, prob. wrongly. all-dyggr, adj. very doughty, Lex. Poët. all-dýrr, adj. very dear, Fms. iii. 159. all-eiguligr, adj. very worth having, Sd. 146. all-eina (theol.), á Guð alleina (a hymn), alone: Hkr. iii. 339 (in a spurious chapter). all-einarðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very sincere, candid, open, Ld. 334. all-eldiligr and -elliligr, adj. of a very aged appearance, Fms. iii. 125. all-fagr, adj. very bright, fair, Orkn. 296 old Ed.: neut. as adv. very fairly, Sturl. i. 72. all-fast, n. adj. very firmly, steadfastly, Eb. 290, Fær. 259. all-fastorðr, adj. very ‘wordfast,’ very true to his word, Fms. vii. 120. all-fálátr, adj. very taciturn, close, Fas. iii. 408. all-fáliga, adv. on very cold terms, Sturl. iii. 298. all-fámáligr, adj. very close, of very few words, Fms. iii. 85, iv. 366. all-fámennr, adj. followed by very few people, Sturl. ii. 122, Magn. 386. all-far, adj. very few, Eg. 512, Ld. 272, Ísl. ii. 356: neut. on very cold terms, Fms. xi. 55. all-fáræðinn, adj. of very few words, Fms. iv. 312. all-feginn, adj. very ‘fain,’ glad, Eg. 240, Ld. 330. all-feginsamliga, adv. very ‘fain,’ gladly, Eg. 27. all-feigligr, adj. having the mark of death very plain on one’s face, v. feigr, Sturl. iii. 234. all-feitr, adj. very fat, Fms. x. 303. all-ferliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very rudely, Fms. iv. 263. all-fémikill, adj. very costly, Ld. 298. all-fjarri, adv. very far, far from, metaph., Hkr. ii. 246; eigi a., not improper, Fbr. 15. all-fjartekit, part. very far-fetched, Skálda 166. all-fjölgan, adj. acc. very numerous (does not exist in nom.), Sks. 138 A. all-fjölkunnigr, adj. very deeply versed in sorcery, Fms. ii. 175, Fas. i. 412. all-fjölmeðr and -mennr, adj. followed, attended by very many people, much frequented, Eg. 724, 188, Hkr. i. 215: n. sing. in very great numbers, Fms. i. 36. all-fjölrætt, n. adj. very heedful, much talked of, Nj. 109. all-forsjáll, adj. very prudent, Hom. 115. all-framr, adj. very famous, Lex. Poët.; very far forward, Grett. 161 A. all-frekliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very daringly, impudently, Fas. i. 24. all-frekr, adj. too eager, too daring, Fms. vii. 164. all-friðliga, adv. in very great peace, Lex. Poët. all-fríðr, adj. very beautiful, Eg. 23, Hkr. i. 225, ii. 354, Fms. i. 2. all-frjáls, adj. very free, independent, v. alfrjáls. all-fróðligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very wise, learned, Sks. 306 B. all-fróðr, adj. very learned, Sks. 30. all-frægr, adj. very famous, Fms. ii. 324, Hkr. i. 232, ii. 187, Ld. 122. all-frækiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj., and all-frækn, adj. and -liga, adv. very bold, boldly, Ísl. ii. 267, Hkr. i. 239, Fms. i. 121. all-fúss, adj. and -liga, adv. very eager, eagerly, Eg. 488, Fms. xi. 89. all-fýsiligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very desirable, Eg. 19, 468. all-fölr, adj. very pale, Lex. Poët. all-gagnsamr, adj. very profitable, gainful, Ísl. ii. 56. all-gamall, adj. very old, Hkr. i. 34. all-gegniliga and -gegnliga, adv. very fittingly, Sturl. ii. 63. all-gemsmikill, adj. very wanton, frolicsome, Sturl. ii. 57. all-gerla and -görviligr, v. -görla, -görviligr. all-gestrisinn, adj. very hospitable, Háv. 40. all-geysilegr, adj. and -liga, adv. very impetuous, Fms. x. 81. all-gildliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. with a very grand air, Grett. 121. all-gildr, adj. very grand, Lex. Poët. all-giptusam-liga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very lucky, Fms. x. 53. all-glaðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very joyfully, joyful, Fms. iii. 143, Lv. 55. all-glaðr, adj. very joyful, Eg. 163, Ld. 176. all-gleymr, adj. very gleeful, mirthful, in high spirits, [glaumr], verða a. við e-t, Sturl. iii. 152, Eb. 36. all-glæsiliga, adj. and -ligr, adv. very shiny, Eb. 34, Fas. iii. 626, Fms. ix. 430. all-glöggsær, adj. very transparent, dearly visible, metaph., þorf. Karl. 380. all-glöggt, n. adj. very exactly, Hkr. iii. 253, Fas. iii. 13. all-góðmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very kindly, kind, Mag. 6. all-góðr, adj. very good, Nj. 222, Eg. 36, 198. all-greiðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very easy, easily, Eb. 268: neut. as adv., Eb. l. c. all-grimmliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very grimly, fiercely, Fas. iii. 414. all-grimmr, adj. very cruel, fierce, Hkr. iii. 167. all-grun-samliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very suspiciously, Ísl. ii. 364. all-göfugr, adj. very distinguished, Eg. 598, Bs. i. 60. all-görla, adv. very clearly, precisely, Hkr. iii. 133, Fms. xi. 15. all-görviligr, adj. very stout, manly, Fms. ii. 28. all-hagstæðr, adj. with a very fair wind, Sturl. iii. 109. all-harðligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very hard, stern, Fas. i. 382. all-harðr, adj. very hard, stern, Fms. i. 177: n. sing. severely, Nj. 165, Grág. i. 261. all-háskasamligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very hazardous, Fms. v. 135. all-heiðinn, adj. quite heathen, Fs. 89 (in a verse). all-heilagr, adj. very sacred, Lex. Poët. all-heimskliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very foolish, frantic, Hkr. ii. 190, Fas. iii. 293. all-heimskr, adj. very silly, stupid, Eg. 376, Grett. 159. all-heppinn, adj. very lucky, happy, Lex. Poët. all-herðimikill, adj. very broad-shouldered, Eg. 305. all-hermannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very martial, Fms. xi. 233. all-hjaldrjúgr, adj. very gossipping, chattering, Lv. 57: neut. as adv., Vápn. 10. all-hógliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very gently, Fms. xi. 240, vi. 274. all-hóleitr and -háleitr, adj. very sublime, Hom. 23. all-hór and -hár, adj. very high, tall, v. -hár. all-hratt, n. adj. in all speed, Lex. Poët. all-hraustliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very bravely, Fms. viii. 289, Eb. 34. all-hraustr, adj. very valiant, Fms. viii. 267. all-hreystimannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very valiantly, Fms. xi. 95. all-hrumliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very infirmly from age, Fas. ii. 91. all-hræddr, adj. very much afraid, Fbr. 94. all-hræðinn, adj. very timid, Fms. vi. 155. all-huml;mgsjúkr, adj. very grieved, heart-sick, Hkr. i. 243, Fms. vi. 133. all-hvass, adj. of the wind, blowing very sharp, Fms. ix. 20, Lex. Poët. all-hyggi-ligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very carefully, Fas. iii. 610. all-hýrliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very blandly, with a very bright face, Fas. iii. 636. all-hæðiligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very ridiculous, Finnb. 312. all-hældreginn, adj. walking very much on one’s heels, dragging the heels very much in walking, of an aged or beggarly person, Band. 9. all-hœgliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very softly, meekly, Fms. xi. 389. all-hœlinn, adj. very bragging, Lex. Poët. all-iðinn, adj. very diligent, laborious, Bs. i. 278. all-illa, adv. and -illr, adj. very badly, bad, wicked, Nj. 242, cp. ilia; ill-willed, Eg. 542: compar., vera allver um, to be worse off, Nj. 221 (Ed. allvant); angry, Lv. 145; disgraceful, Eg. 237; unfortunate, Sturl. ii. 47. all-jafnlyndr, adj. very calm, even-tempered, Fms. vi. 287. all-kaldr, adj. very cold, Vápn. 21. all-kappsamliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. with very much zeal, liberally, Hkr. i. 271; veita a., of hospitality, Ld. 292; mæla a., frankly, peremptorily, 296. all-kappsamr, adj. very eager, vehement, Eg. 187. all-karlmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very manfully, Fms. x. 141. all-kaupmannliga, adv. in a very businesslike, tradesmanlike way, Fms. v.255. all-kátligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very funny, Grett. 112. all-kátr, adj. very joyful, Nj. 18, Eg. 44, 332. all-keppinn, adj. very snappish, Lex. Poët. all-kerskiligr and -keskiligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very sarcastic, biting, Sturl. ii. 196. all-klókr, adj. very shrewd, Hkr. iii. 317. all-knáliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very stoutly, vigorously, Rd. 312. all-kostgæflliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very earnestly, in a very painstaking way, Stj. all-kostigr, adj. very excellent, Lex. Poët. all-kviklatr, adj. very quick, lively, Ld. 270. all-kynliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very strangely, strange, Ísl. ii. 58, Fms. ii. 227, Grett. 160. all-kyrrligr, adj. very quiet, tranquil, Háv. 49. all-kærr, adj. very dear, beloved, Eg. 139, Fms. i. 48; very fond of, Hkr. i. 194: neut., Eg. 116, of mutual love. all-langr, adj. very long, Háv. 49. all-laust, n. adj. very loosely, Fms. xi. 103. all-lágr, adj. very low, short of stature, Fbr. 68. all-lengi, adv. very long, K. Þ. K. 158. all-léttbrúnn, adj. of very brightened, cheerful countenance, Ld. 94. all-léttiliga, adv. very lightly, Fas. iii. 612. all-léttmælt, n. adj., vera a. um e-t, to speak in a very lively way, Fms. iv. 261. all-léttr, adj. very light (in weight), Fas. iii. 487. all-líkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. in very agreeable, courteous terms, Fas. i. 84. all-likligr, adj. very likely, Fas. ii. 247, Sks. 669. all-líkr, adj. very like, Fas. iii. 579, Sd. 160, Korm. 142. all-lítilfjörligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very puny, prop. having little life in one, Háv. 54. all-lítill, adj. very little, Fær. 268: n. sing. all-lítt, as adv. very little, Nj. 108, 130, Korm. 172; poorly, Grett. 116. all-lyginn, adj. very given to lying, Fbr. 157. all-makligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very deserving, fitting, Sturl. iii. 127, Bjarn. 22. all-mann-fátt, n. adj. with very few people, Gísl. 31. all-mannhættr, adj. very dangerous, Fas. iii. 34. all-mannskæðr, adj. very full of manskathe, very murderous, Fms. ii. 512. all-mannæenligr, adj. a very promising man, Fms. iv. 254. all-mannvænn, adj. a man of very great promise, Hkr. ii. 182. all-margliga, adv. very affably, Sturl. iii. 27. all-margmæltr, part. very talkative, Sturl. ii. 179. all-margr, adj. very numerous, pl. very many, Nj. 32, Grág. ii. 176, Sks. 328, Gþl. 329. all-margrætt, n. adj. part. very much spoken of, Fms. viii. 275. all-málugr, adj. very loquacious, Hkr. iii. 152, 655 xi. 2. all-máttfarinn, adj. very much worn out, with very little strength left, Fas. ii. 356. all-máttlítill, adj. very weak, Fms. i. 159. all-meginlauss, adj. very void of strength, Fms. xi. 103. all-mikilfengligr, adj. very high and mighty, very imposing, Fs. all-mikill, adj. very great, Ísl. ii. 269, Nj. 193, Eg. 29, 39: neut. as adv. greatly, Fms. i. 24, vii. 110. all-mikilmannliga, adv. very nobly, Sturl. i. 33. all-misjafn, adj. very variously, unfavourably, in such phrases as, mæla a. um e-t, there were very different stories about the matter, leggja a. til, ganga a. undir, taka a. á, Eg. 242, Hkr. ii. 123, Fms. i. 86, vii. no, Ld. 166. all-mjór, adj. very slim, slender, narrow, Hkr. iii. 117, Gþl. 173. all-mjök, adv. very much, Nj. 134, Ld. 196, Eg. 19; féllu þá a. menn, in very great numbers, Fms. i. 173. all-myrkr, adj. very dark, Fms. ix. 23. all-mæðiliga, adv. with very great effort, heavily, Fms. ix. 16. all-nauðigr, adj. and -liga, adv. very reluctant, unwilling, Grett. 153; a. staddr, dangerously, Fms. v. 212. all-náinn, adj. very near, nearly related, Sks. 330. all-náttförull, adj. very much given to wandering by night, Lex. Poët. all-níðskárr, adj. of a poet, given to mocking, satirical verse, [níð and skáld (?)], Fms. ii. 7. all-nóg, adv. very abundantly, Sd. 182. all-nær, adv. very near, Fms. vii. 289; metaph., lagði a. at, pretty nearly, well-nigh, Fs., Sks. 684 B. all-nærri, adv. very near, Ld. 202, Fas. iii. 339. all-opt, adv. very often, Anecd. 38, Gþl. 169. all-orðfátt, n. adj. in the phrase, göra a. urn, to be very short of words as to, Bjarn. 31. all-ógurligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very frightful, Edda 41. all-ólmliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very furiously, Fas. iii. 546, Bárð. 177. áll-óttalaust, n. adj. with very little to fear, Eg. 371, v. l. all-ramskipaðr, adj. part. very strongly manned, Fms. iii. 13. all-rauðr, adj. very red, Ld. 182. all-ráðligr, adj. very expedient, advisable, Grett. 145. all-reiðiligr, adj. looking very wrathful, Fms. iv. 161. all-reiðr, adj. very wroth, angry, Edda 57, Nj. 135, Eg. 139. all-ríkmarmligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very grand, pompous, magnificent, Fms. i. 213. all-ríkr, adj. very powerful, Fms. i. 115. all-rýrliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very feebly, puny, Fbr. 28. all-röskliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very smart, brisk, Fms. viii. 317. all-sannligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very likely, ‘soothlike,’ Fms. iv. 270. all-sáttgjarnliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very placable, of mild disposition, Sturl. iii. 288. all-seinn, adj. very slow, Bs. i. 192: neut. as adv. slowly, Grett. 151 A. all-sigrsæll, adj. very victorious, having very good luck in war, Hkr. i. 28. all-skammr, adj. very short, very scant, Nj. 264: neut. substantively, a very short way, Finnb. 324; short distance, Fms. iv. 329. all-skapliga, adv. very fittingly, properly, Grett. 120. all-skapværr, adj. of a very gentle, meek disposition, Sturl. all-skapþungt, n. adj., vera a., to be in a very gloomy, depressed state of mind, Fms. iv. 26. all-skarpr, adj. very sharp, Lex. Poët. all-skeinuhættr, adj. very dangerous, vulnerable, Sturl. ii. 139. all-skemtiligr, adj. very amusing, Sturl. ii. 77. all-skillítill, adj. very slow-witted, dull, Sturl. j. 89. all-skjallkænliga, adv. [skjalla, to flatter], very coaxingly, Grett. 131 A. all-skjótt, n. adj. as adv. very soon, Nj. 236. all-skrautligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very smart, splendid, Fas. ii. 366, Mag. 11. all-skygn, adj. very sharp-sighted, Hrafn. 33. all-skyldr, adj. bound to, very obligatory; neut. = bounden duty, Sks. 484; deserved, Gþl. 61:
    β. nearly related, near akin, Fms. xi. 75. all-skyndiliga, adv. very quickly, Blas. 40. all-skynsamliga, adv. very judiciously, Sturl. iii. 161. all-skyrugr, adj. all curd-besprent, Grett. 107 A. all-sköruliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very frankly, boldly, dignified, Sturl. iii. 39, Fms. ix. 5, Ld. 94 C, 226, Bs. i. all-sljáliga, adv. very slowly, sluggishly, Grett. 101 A. all-smár, adj. very small, Fms. v. 55, xi. 61. all-snarpliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very sharply, smartly, Fms. viii. 346. all-snarpr, adj. very sharp, Fms. i. 38, Nj. 246. all-snemma, adv. very early, Fms. ii. 223. all-snjallr, adj. very shrewd, clever, Fms. viii. 367. all-snúðula, adv. very quickly, Lex. Poët. all-snæfr, adj. very brisk, id. all-snöfurmannligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very brisk and energetic looking, of a man, Fms. xi. 79. all-spakliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very mildly, moderately, wisely, Hkr. ii. 41. all-spakr, adj. very gentle, wise, Fms. vi. 298. all-starsýnn, adj. who stares very hard at a thing, looking fixedly upon, Fms. vi. 203. all-sterkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very briskly, strongly, Ld. 158, Fas. iii. 612. all-sterkr, adj. very strong, Hkr. i. 238, Eg. 285; Ísl. ii. 461 ( very vehement); as a pr. name, Fms. iii. 183. all-stilliliga, adv. very calmly, in a very composed manner, Ld. 318. all-stirðr, adj. very stiff, Háv. 46. all-stórhöggr, adj. dealing very hard blows, Fms. i. 171. all-stórliga, adv. very haughtily, Hkr. ii. 63, Ld. 168. all-stórmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very munificently, nobly, Fas. iii. 45; haughtily, Sd. 146. all-stórorðr, adj. using very big words, Eg. 340, Ld. 38 ( very boisterous). all-stórr, adj. very great, metaph. big, puffed up, Ld. 318; dat. all-stórum, as adv. very largely, Edda 32. all-strangr, adj. very rapid, Lex. Poët. all-styggr, adj. very ill-humoured, cross, Grett. 103 A. all-styrkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very stoutly, Stj. 402. all-styrkr, adj. very strong, Fms. i. 177. all-svangr, adj. very hungry, Lex. Poët. all-svinnliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very wisely, prudently, wise, Fas. i. 95, ii. 266. all-sættfúss, adj. very placable, peace-loving, very willing to accept an atonement, Sturl. iii. 19. all-sœmiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very seemly, decorous, honourable, Hkr. i. 215, Ísl. ii. 163. all-tiginn, adj. very princely, Lex. Poët. all-tillátsamr, adj. very indulgent, lenient, Þórð. 12. all-tíðrætt, n. adj. very much talked of, much spoken of, Eg. 99, Sturl. i. 199. all-tíðvirkr, adj. very quick at work, Fms. xi. 377. all-torfyndr, adj. very hard to find, Fms. vii. 356. all-torfært, n. adj. very hard to pass, cross, Eg. 546. all-torsótt, n. adj. part. very difficult to reach, Eg. 546. all-tortryggiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very suspiciously, Sturl. ii. 47. all-torveldligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very difficult, Str. all-trauðr, adj. very slow, unwilling, Fms. xi. 39. all-tregr, adj. very tardy, Fær. 114, Bárð. 178. all-trúr, adj. very true. Fms. vi. 377. all-tryggr, adj. very trusty, Hkr. iii. 167. all-tvítugr, false reading, instead of eigi alls t., not quite twenty, Sturl. i. 181. all-undarligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very odd, wonderful, Fms. ii. 150. all-ungr, adj. very young, Eg. 268, Fms. i. 14, Ld. 274. all-úbeinskeyttr, adj. shooting very badly, Fms. ii. 103. all-úblíðr, adj. very harsh, unkind, Fas. ii. all-úbragðligr, adj. very ill-looking, Sturl. iii. 234. all-údæll, adj. very spiteful, untractable, Sturl. i. 99. all-úfagr, adj. very ugly, metaph., Fms. iii. 154. all-úfimliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very awkwardly, Fas. ii. 543. all-úframliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very backward, shy, timid, Fbr. 38 C. all-úfríðr, adj. very ugly, Fms. xi. 227. all-úfrýnn, adj. very sullen, ‘frowning,’ sour, Eg. 525. all-úfrægr, adj. very inglorious, Fms. iv. 259. all-úglaðr, adj. very gloomy, sad, Hkr. iii. 379. all-úhægr, adj. very difficult, Eg. 227. all-úhöfðingligr, adj. very low-looking, very plebeian, Finnb. 222. all-úkátr, adj. very sorrowful, Edda 35, Eg. 223, Fms. i. 37. all-úknár, adj. very weak of frame, Grett. 119 A, very badly knit; Bs. i. 461 (of boys). all-úkonungligr, adj. very unkingly, Fms. viii. 158. all-úkunnigr, adj. quite unknown, Ísl. ii. 412. all-úlífligr, adj. very unlikely to live, Hkr. ii. 200. all-úlíkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very unlikely, Gísl. 24, Sd. 123, Finnb. 310. all-úlíkr, adj. very unlike, Glúm. 364. all-úlyginn, adj. not at all given to lie, truthful, Fbr. 157. all-úmáttuliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. weakly, very weak, tender, Fms. iv. 318. all-úráðinn, adj. part. very ‘unready’ (cp. Ethelred the ‘unready’), undecided, Lv. 9. all-úráðliga, adv. very unadvisedly, rashly, Odd. 12 old Ed. all-úsannligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very untruthful, unjust; also, unlikely, Fms. vii. 141. all-úsáttfúss, adj. very implacable, unwilling to come to terms, Sturl. iii. 275. all-úskyldr, adj. very strange to, not at all bound to…, Eg. 10. all-úspakr, adj. very unruly, Sturl. ii. 61. all-úsváss, adj. very uncomfortable, of weather, cold and rainy, Bs. i. 509. all-úsýnn, adj. very uncertain, doubtful, Glúm. 358, Sturl. i. 105. all-úsæligr, adj. of very poor, wretched appearance, Niðrst. 109. all-úvinsæll, adj. very unpopular, Fms. iv. 369, Fas. iii. 520. all-úvísliga, adv. very unwisely, Niðrst. 6. all-úvænliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. of very unfavourable prospect, Fas. ii. 266; n. adj. very unpromising, Grett. 148 A. all-úvænn, adi. very ugly, Fas. i. 234; very unpromising, unfavourable, Ísl. ii. 225: neut. as adv. unfavourably, Fms. xi. 134. all-úþarfr, adj. very unthrifty, very unprofitable, something that had better be prevented, Eg. 576, Hkr. ii. 245. all-vandlátr, adj. very difficult, hard to please, Fms. vi. 387. all-vandliga, adv. with very great pains, exactly, carefully, Sks. 658 B. all-vant, n. adj., vera a. um e-t, to be in a very great strait, Nj. 221. all-varfærr, adj. very careful, solicitous, Eg. 63. all-vaskligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very brisk, smart, gallant, Hkr. i. 104; compar. v. alvaskligr. all-vaskr, adj. very brisk, gallant, Fms. viii. 226. all-vandr, adj. very bad, of clothes, much worn, Pm. 11. all-vápndjarfr, adj. very bold, daring in arms, Hkr. iii. 63. all-veðrlítið, n. adj. very calm, with little wind, Fms. vi. 360. all-vegliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very grand, princely, nobly, Fms. i. 20, Eg. 332, Hkr. i. 15. all-vel, adv. very well, Nj. 12, Eg. 78, 198; compar. albetr, v. alvel. all-vesall, adj. very puny, wretched, Nj. 97. all-vesalliga, adv. very wretchedly, Ölk. 35. all-vesalmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. id., Ísl. ii. 416. all-vesæll, adj. very miserable, base, vile, Nj. 97. all-vingjarnliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very friendly, amicable, Sturl. ii. 168. all-vingott, n. adj. on very friendly terms, Fbr. 129. all-vinsæll, adj. very popular, used of a man blessed with many friends, Fms. i. 184, ii. 44, Orkn. 104 old Ed. all-virðuligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very worthy, dignified, Fms. x. 84, Bs. i. 83. all-vitr, adj. very wise, Sks. 29 B (superl.) all-vitrliga, adv. very wisely, Fas. ii. 66. all-víða and all-vítt, n. adj. very widely, Hkr. iii. 141, Lex. Poët. all-vígliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. in a very warlike manner, Fms. ix. 488, Fas. ii. 112. all-vígmannliga, adv. very martially, Fas. iii. 150. all-vígmóðr, adj. quite wearied out with fighting, Introd. to Helgakviða (Sæm.) all-víss, adj. very wise, sure, Sks. 520, Lex. Poët.: neut. to a dead certainty, Lex. Poët. all-vænliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very promising, handsome, Glúm. 349, Fms. v. 260, Fbr. 114. all-vænn, adj. id., Clem. 24, Bs. i. 340: neut., þykja a. um, to be in high spirits, Ísl. ii. 361; make much of, Fms. ii. 76; as adv. favourably, Fms. iv. 192. all-vörpuligr, adj. of a very stout, stately frame, Hkr. ii. 254. all-vöxtuligr, adj. very tall, of large growth, Fas. iii. 627. all-þakkligr, adj. very pretty, = þekkiligr, Lex. Poët. all-þakksamliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very thankfully, Fms. i. 120, Ld. 298. all-þarfliga, adv. very thriftily, very pressingly; biðja a., to beg very hard, Edda 45. all-þarfr, adj. very thrifty, Lex. Poët. all-þéttr, adj. very crowded, cp. Lex. Poët. all-þrekligr, adj. of a very robust frame, Hkr. ii. 2. all-þröngr, adj. as neut. in a very great crowd, Edda 24. all-þungliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very hard, unwilling, reluctant, Sturl. ii. 120; taka a. á e-m, to be very hard upon, Mag. 1. all-þungr, adj. very unfavourable, Hkr. ii. 358; hostile, badly disposed towards, Eb. 108, Eg. 332; þykja a., to dislike, Fms. viii. 441; a. orð, to blame, Sturl. ii. 62. all-þykkr, adj. very thick, Fas. i. 339: n. sing. as adv. thickly, Fms. vii. 70 (of great numbers slain on the battle-field). all-æfr, adj. very furious, wrath, Ísl. ii. 258, Lv. 60, Fas. i. 404. all-ægiligr, adj. very terrible, Dropl. 18. all-æstr, adj. very incited, vehement, Nj. 231. all-örorðr, adj. very quick-tongued, frank, outspoken, Eg. 340. all-öruggliga, adv. very steadfastly, very firmly, Grett. 153 A. all-öruggr, adj. very unflinching, Bs. i. 624.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ALL-

  • 3 grande

    big, large
    ( alto) big, tall
    ( largo) wide
    fig (intenso, notevole) great
    ( adulto) grown-up, big
    ( vecchio) old
    non è un gran che it's nothing special
    * * *
    grande agg.
    1 (di dimensioni, proporzioni) big, large; vast; (nel senso della larghezza) wide, broad: una grande pianura, strada, a wide plane, road; non è un grande fiume, it's not a big (o large o wide) river; ti ci vorrebbe un tavolo più grande, you'd need a bigger table; ha le mani molto grandi, he's got very big (o large) hands; la mia camera è molto grande, my room is very large (o big); il tuo appartamento è davvero grande, your flat is really big (o large); è grande il tuo giardino?, is your garden big? // i Grandi Laghi, the Great Lakes // a grandi passi, with long strides // ha un gran cuore, (fig.) he has a big heart // ha una gran testa, (fig.) he's very intelligent // in gran parte, largely (o to a great extent)
    2 (alto, elevato) high; (di statura) tall: una grande montagna, a high mountain; la strada raggiunge grandi altezze, the road climbs to great heights; un uomo grande e grosso, a big tall man; come sei grande!, how tall you are! // a grande velocità, at high speed // grandi latitudini, high latitudes
    3 (numeroso) large, vast, great: sono una grande famiglia, they're a large family; c'era una grande folla al concerto, there was a large (o vast) crowd at the concert; un grande esercito, a large army // un gran numero di..., a great (o large) number of...
    4 (fuori misura) big, large: il suo maglione mi sta grande, his sweater is large for me; queste scarpe sono troppo grandi, these shoes are too big (o large)
    5 (fig.) (intenso, elevato, notevole) great: un grande dolore, amore, a great sorrow, love; una grande gioia, a great joy; è una grande opportunità per lui, it's a great (o big) opportunity for him; fu un grande errore, it was a big mistake; Petrarca è uno dei più grandi poeti italiani, Petrarch is one of the greatest Italian poets; quel film ebbe un grande successo, that film had a great (o big) success; fu un gran giorno, it was a great day; l'epoca delle grandi scoperte, the era of the great discoveries; è capace di grandi sentimenti, he's capable of feeling deeply; un tempo era una grande nazione, once upon a time it was a great country // Alessandro il Grande, Alexander the Great // la Grande Guerra, the Great War // messa grande, High Mass
    6 (rafforzativo) (davanti a agg.) very, really; (davanti a s.) real, utter, right; total; big: è una gran bella donna, she is a very (o really) attractive woman; sei un gran cretino, you are a real (o right o utter o total) moron; è un gran simpatico, he's really nice; un gran bevitore, a hard (o big) drinker; un gran mangione, a big eater; un gran bugiardo, a big liar; un gran chiacchierone, a real chatterbox; un grande spendaccione, a big spender; fa un gran caldo, it's very hot; ho un gran freddo, I'm very cold // si dice un gran bene di..., they speak very well of... // si è fatto un gran parlare di..., there has been a lot of talk about...
    7 (adulto) grown-up: ha due figlie grandi, he's got two grown-up daughters
    8 (maiuscola) capital
    9 (nei titoli ufficiali) grand: Gran Croce, Grand Cross; Grand'Ammiraglio, Grand Admiral; Gran Maestro, Grand Master
    s.m.
    1 (adulto) adult, grown-up: i grandi, grown-ups (o adults); un bambino che ragiona come un grande, a child who thinks like an adult; da grande farò il medico, I'll be a doctor when I grow up; racconti per grandi e piccini, tales for grown-ups and children // grandi e piccoli, (vecchi e giovani) old and young
    2 (uomo importante) great man: i grandi, the great // i grandi dello sport, sporting greats // (st.) i Quattro Grandi, the Big Four // fare il grande, (ostentare ricchezza) to act big
    3 (grandezza) greatness: in grande, on a large scale; riprodurre qlco. in grande, to make a large scale reproduction of sthg. // fare le cose in grande, to do things in a big way // alla grande, (fam.) in a big way; pensare alla grande, in grande, to think big; andare alla grande, (benissimo) to go really well, to go really great; divertirsi alla grande, (moltissimo) to have a great (o fantastic) time
    4 (titolo ufficiale) grandee: un grande di Spagna, a grandee of Spain.
    * * *
    ['ɡrande]
    1. agg a volte gran + consonante, grand' + vocale
    1) (gen) big, (quantità) large, (alto) tall, (montagna) high, (largo) wide, broad, (lungo) long, (forte: rumore) loud, (vento) strong, high, (pioggia) heavy, (caldo) intense, (affetto, bisogno) great, (sospiro) deep

    la gran maggioranza degli italiani — the great o vast majority of Italians

    ha una grande opinione di sé — he has a high opinion of himself

    una taglia più grande — a larger o bigger size

    2)

    (di età) sei abbastanza grande per capire — you're big o old enough to understand

    farsi grande — to grow up

    hanno due figli grandi — they have two grown-up children

    mio fratello più grande — my big o older brother

    è più grande di me — he's older than me

    3) (importante, rilevante) great, (illustre, nobile) noble, great
    4) (rafforzativo: lavoratore) hard, (bevitore) heavy, (amico, bugiardo) great

    è una gran bella donna — she's a very beautiful woman

    una gran bella vita — a great life

    di gran classe (prodotto) high-class

    per sua gran fortuna non c'era la polizia — he was really lucky that the police weren't around

    in gran parte — to a large extent, mainly

    5)

    (fraseologia) ti farà un gran beneit'll do you good

    non è o non vale (un) gran cheit (o he ecc) is nothing special, it (o he ecc) is not up to much

    2. sm/f
    1) (persona adulta) adult, grown-up

    cosa farai da grande? — what will you be o do when you grow up?

    2) (persona importante) great man (woman)

    fare il grande (strafare) to act big

    3. sm

    fare le cose in grande — to do things on a grand scale, do things in style

    * * *
    ['grande] 1.
    aggettivo (before a vowel sound the form grand' can be used; before a consonant or a consonant cluster the form gran can be used, except when there is an s followed by a consonant, gn, pn, ps, x and z; compar. più grande, maggiore, superl. grandissimo, massimo, sommo)
    1) (di dimensioni notevoli) [città, sala, buco, edificio] large, big; [ margine] wide; (alto) [albero, torre] tall; (rispetto al normale) [piede, naso] big
    2) (numeroso, abbondante) [famiglia, folla] large, big; [ fortuna] large
    3) (a un grado elevato) [sognatore, amico] great; [giocatore, idiota] big; [bevitore, fumatore] heavy; [ lavoratore] hard
    4) (importante) [scoperta, evento, notizia, onore] great; [ problema] big
    5) (principale) main; (di primo piano) [paese, società] leading
    6) (notevole) [pittore, opera, vino] great; (nobile) [ cuore] noble
    7) (adulto, maturo)
    8) (per qualificare una misura) [altezza, lunghezza, distanza, peso, valore] great; [dimensioni, taglia, quantità, numero] large; [ velocità] high
    9) (intenso, estremo, forte) [bontà, amicizia, dolore, pericolo, differenza] great; [ freddo] severe; [ calore] intense; (violento) [ colpo] hard, nasty
    10) (di rango sociale elevato) [famiglia, nome] great
    11) (grandioso) [progetti, stile] grand

    pensare in grande — to have big ideas, to think big

    2.
    sostantivo maschile e sostantivo femminile
    1) (adulto) grown-up
    2) (personaggio illustre) great person
    3.

    questi stivali calzano grande — these boots are large-fitting, these boots run large

    * * *
    grande
    /'grande/
     (before a vowel sound the form grand' can be used; before a consonant or a consonant cluster the form gran can be used, except when there is an s followed by a consonant, gn, pn, ps, x and z; compar. più grande, maggiore, superl. grandissimo, massimo, sommo)
     1 (di dimensioni notevoli) [città, sala, buco, edificio] large, big; [ margine] wide; (alto) [albero, torre] tall; (rispetto al normale) [piede, naso] big
     2 (numeroso, abbondante) [famiglia, folla] large, big; [ fortuna] large; fare -i spese to spend a lot of money
     3 (a un grado elevato) [sognatore, amico] great; [giocatore, idiota] big; [bevitore, fumatore] heavy; [ lavoratore] hard; un gran bell'uomo a very handsome man
     4 (importante) [scoperta, evento, notizia, onore] great; [ problema] big; è un gran giorno per lei it's a big day for her
     5 (principale) main; (di primo piano) [paese, società] leading; le -i industrie the big industries
     6 (notevole) [pittore, opera, vino] great; (nobile) [ cuore] noble; è un grand'uomo he's a great man; i -i nomi del cinema the big names of cinema
     7 (adulto, maturo) mio fratello più grande my elder brother; quando sarà grande when he grows up; i miei figli sono -i my children are big
     8 (per qualificare una misura) [altezza, lunghezza, distanza, peso, valore] great; [dimensioni, taglia, quantità, numero] large; [ velocità] high
     9 (intenso, estremo, forte) [bontà, amicizia, dolore, pericolo, differenza] great; [ freddo] severe; [ calore] intense; (violento) [ colpo] hard, nasty; con mia grande sorpresa much to my surprise; avere una gran fame to be very hungry; a gran voce loudly
     10 (di rango sociale elevato) [famiglia, nome] great
     11 (grandioso) [progetti, stile] grand
     12 in grande fare le cose in grande to do things in a big way; pensare in grande to have big ideas, to think big
     13 alla grande (facilmente) easily; (in grande stile) in style; sto alla grande I'm feeling great
    II m. e f.
     1 (adulto) grown-up
     2 (personaggio illustre) great person; i -i the great(s); Grande di Spagna (Spanish) grandee; i -i della terra the world leaders
      questi stivali calzano grande these boots are large-fitting, these boots run large
    Grande Fratello Big Brother; Grande Guerra Great War; grande magazzino department store; grande potenza Great Power; Gran Premio Grand Prix; grande schermo big screen; Grandi Laghi Great Lakes.
    \
    See also notes... (grande.pdf)

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > grande

  • 4 sýnn

    a.
    1) clear, evident, certain (þér skal sýn búhlífð í því vera); þótti öllum at sýnu ganga, at, all thought that it was clear, beyond doubt, that; dat. sing. ‘sýnu’ with a compar. a great deal, much (sýnu meiri, minni, betri, verri); with a superl., E. gekk upp sýnu fyrstr, far ahead; neut. ‘synt’ as adv. evidently, clearly (þik skortir sýnt við hann);
    2) fit, likely; ef yðr þykkir eigi annat sýnna fyrir liggja en vera hér, if you have nothing better to do.
    * * *
    adj. visible; þótt ek sjá sýnar váfur, Grett. 112 A.
    2. clear, evident; þer skal sýn búhlífð í því vera, Fms. v. 306; lýsir hann því, at hann er sýnn at brigðar-manni, if he declares himself as the unmistakable brigðar-mann, Gþl. 290; þeir atburðir er miklu eru sýnstir til þess úárans, most likely to cause, Sks. 332 B; sýna stund, a good while, Grett. (in a verse): likely, ef yðr þykkir eigi annat sýnna fyrir liggja enn vera hér, if you have nothing better to do than …, Fær. 45; sýnisk mér sem eigi muni í annat sinn sýnna at leita til fundar við Bolla enn nú, there will not be a better chance another time, Ld. 238; er þessu sýnna at svá beri (berr Cod.) til, there is every probability that it will turn out so, Fms. xi. 114; þótti mönnum ó-sýnt ( uncertain) hverr friðr gefinn mundi, Ó. H. 188.
    3. sightly; vápnum ok váðum skolu vinir gleðjask, þat er á sjálfum sýnst, Hm.
    II. spec. or adverb. usages; þótti þá öllum at sýnu ganga, at stórflokkar mundi komnir í héraðit, all thought that it was clear, beyond doubt, that …, Sturl. iii. 41.
    2. sýnu with a compar., a great deal; sýnu minna, a great deal less, far less, Fms. vii. 242, xi. 112; sýnu meiri, much greater, Fas. ii. 515; sýnu verri, much worse, Ld. 322, Fb. i. 259; sýnu betri, s. betr, a great deal better, Fms. iii. 222, xi. 154; sýnu yngri, v. 263: superl., sýnu fyrstr, far a-head, Fær. 168.
    3. sýnt, as adv. evidently, quite, very; greindi þá sýnt um, Vápn. 5; þik skortir sýnt við hann, thou fallest quite short of him, thou art no match for him, Ísl. ii. 215; hildr var sýnt í vexti, the battle waxed quite hot, Km.
    III. in compds, ein-sýnn, one-eyed; tví-sýnn, doubtful; víð-sýnn, auð-sýnn, evident; ó-sýnt, uncertain.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > sýnn

  • 5 LANGR

    a.
    1) long, of space and time (langt sverð, löng stund);
    2) neut., langt, long, far, distant; þeir áttu eigi langt til eyjarinnar, they had no long distance to the island;
    3) e-m er langt at e-m, one is interested in a person; hvat er yðr langt at þessum mönnum, what interest do you take in these men?;
    4) long, wearisome (þér mun langt þykkja hér á heiðinni).
    * * *
    löng, langt, adj., compar. lengri, superl. lengstr, [common to all Teut. languages]:—long, of space and time; löng sverð, Fas. i. 379; af löngu skeggi, Skálda 181; lengri hina eptri fætr, Stj.; þóat sú sé lengri, N. G. L. i. 44; þeir lifa opt langan aldr er með orðum eru vegnir, a saying = Engl. words break no bones, Nj. 252; hann fékk eigi mælt tveim orðum lengra samfast, Hkr. ii. 138; Föstudagr inn langi, Long Friday, Good Friday, passim; langt líf, Hom. 12; mjök langa hríð, Nj. 94; þá er dagr er sem lengstr, þá er nótt er sem lengst, Landn. (pref.); vili þér þiggja lengra líf, Fms. vi. 166; sigr þinn mun eigi langr vera, xi. 23; höfum vér eigi heyrt þessa sögu lengri, we have not heard this story any farther, i. e. here ends the tale, Njarð. (fine); þat er löng saga at segja, ‘tis a long story to tell, Fms. xi. 99; seint er um langan veg at spyrja tíðenda, a saying, Edda 31; endi-langr, liggja endi-langr, to lie at full length; hón lagðisk sem hón var löng hjá honum, Karl. 47: long in prosody, Skálda 175, 179.
    II. neut. long, far, distant; langt á milli fjalls ok fjöru, Landn. 57; ok áttu eigi langt til eyjarinnar, Fms. i. 41; langt í brott, a long way off, far away, Stj. 195; langt mun yðr flestum til at ér veiðit svá, Ó. H. 78; fljótið var svá mikit, at langt var um úreitt, that it was impassable far beyond that, Nj. 63; hann seildisk upp svá hátt sem hann mátti lengst, Edda 33; svá langt vestr, at engi hefir síðan lengra eignask, Landn. 41; lið kom vel til hans ór héruðum, en fátt kom um lengra, Fms. iv. 385; þvíat þeir ætluðu ekki lengra í kveld en til Höfðabrekku, Nj. 252; ok þurfti þar eigi lengra at grafa til vatns en í djúpum dölum, Edda (pref.); langt mun í milli vera lítilmennsku minnar ok þess hins mikla áhuga er þér býr í brjósti, Fms. iv. 80: in the saying, leita langt um skammt, cp. Lat. quod petis hic est, Nj. 207.
    III. adverbial phrases; of langt, far off, þá sá hann of langt krossinn, 656 B. 5; langt frá, far from it! langt-um, by far; langtum betra, better by far.
    2. löngu or laungu, long since; sá ek þetta löngu á hans yfirbragði, Fms. i. 141; svá sem ek sagða yðr löngu, 139; sem mér sagði löngu hugr um, Nj. 191; mjök löngu, very long ago, Sks. 117; seg oss ný tíðendi, löngu fundumsk vit næst, we have not seen one another for an age, Bjarn. 15: fyrir löngu, long ago; þat vissa ek fyrir löngu at ek var vel kvæntr, Gísl. 69; hann hafði tekinn verit ór jörðu fyrir löngu áðr, Fms. i. 51: löngum, long, mostly, continuously; Eirekr var löngum með föður sínum, 6; hón var löngum um nætr á kirkju at bænum sínum, Ld. 328; en þó löngum ( mostly) vel stiltr, Nj. 38; þeir vóru samflota, svá at hvárir vissu löngum til annarra, Eg. 126: compar. lengrum, longer; lengrum en lög stóðu til, Fms. xi. 99; þeir skolu skipta vikum eða smærum, ok eigu þeir at ráða er lengrum vilja skipta, Grág. ii. 350: superl. lengstum, mostly, most of the time; höfuðborg sú er Geira sat í lengstum, Fms. i. 101; hann var þó lengstum at Grjótá, Nj. 135; gamanmál er þit munut lengstum um tala, Ld. 306.
    IV. metaph. longing, taking interest in; hvat er yðr langt at þessum mönnum, hvárt mægð eðr frændsemi, what interest take you in these men? Fms. ii. 211; hann lét eigi ráða, hvárt menn vóru tignir eða útignir, eðr honum mikit at langt eða lítið, Rb. 364.
    2. neut. long, weary; langt þykki mér, ligg ek einn saman, Eg. (in a verse); þat vil ek, at þú komir til heimkynna minna, þvíat þér mun langt þykkja hér á heiðinni, Grett. 130 new Ed.
    V. in many local names, Lang-ey, Langa-nes, Langa-hlíð, Langa-land (the Danish island), etc., Landn.; see below.
    B. COMPDS: langabein, langabúr, langidjákn, Langafasta, Langifrjádagr, Langaspjót, langatöng.
    II. lang-afi, a, m. a great grandfather. lang-amma, u, f. a great grandmother; langömmu-bróðir, -systir, a great granduncle, aunt. lang-áss, m. a purlin, opp. to þvertré, Fms. ix. 512. lang-bakki, a, m. (see bakki 2); in the phrase, skjóta í langbakka, to stave off for a long time, Fms. x. 132. lang-band, n. the purlin along the roof in a house. lang-barðr, m. a halberd, Hkm. 7; Edda (Gl.) reckons it amongst swords: name of a serpent, Edda (Gl.) Lang-barðar, m. pl. the Lombards, either from their beard (barð) or battle axe (barða), Skv. 3, Greg. 63. Langbarða-land, n. Lombardy, Mart. lang-bein, n. = langabein, a nickname, Ann. lang-bekkr, m. a long bench, bench lengthways, opp. to þverbekkr, Fms. vi. 193, Sturl. i. 142, iii. 182. Lang-brók, f. ‘Long-breek,’ nickname of a lady on account of her tall stature, Nj. lang-eldar, m. pl. long fires (see eldr II), Eb. 276, Nj. 15, Korm. 144. lang-ermar, f. pl. long sleeves, Fms. vii. 321. lang-feðgar, m. pl. agnate-forefathers, ancestors by the father’s side, counted upwards, Hkr. i. 1, Eg. 2, Nj. 158. langfeðga-kyn, n. the lineage of langfeðgar, Hkr. i. 14. langfeðga-nöfn, n. pl. the name of one’s langfeðgar, Edda 153 (pref.) langfeðga-tal, n. a tale or roll of langfeðgar, agnate pedigree, Eg. 536: the name of an old historical work containing ancient pedigrees of kings, Hkr. i. (pref.) langfeðga-tala, u, f. = langfeðgatal, Nj. 25. langfeðga-ætt, f. = langfeðgakyn, Fms. x. 158. lang-feðgin, n. pl. ancestors, agnate and cognate. lang-feðr, m. pl. = langfeðgar, and langfeðra-tal, n. = langfeðgatal, Gþl. 284, Stj. 331, Fagrsk. 151, Hom. 46. lang-feðri, n. = langfeðgar, Landn. 167. lang-ferð, f. a long journey, Sturl. ii. 185, Fs. 51, Bs. ii. 162. langferða-maðr, m. one who ‘fares’ far, a far traveller, Fs. lang-frami, a, m. lasting fame, Orkn. 466, Fb. ii. 513, Mar.; á langframann, mod. til langframa, adverb. for good, Rétt, 4. 25. lang-fættr, adj. long-legged, Stj. 276. lang-för, f. = langferð, Eb. 298. lang-gæði, n. long-lasting, corrupt from langæð. lang-gæðr and langæðligr, adj. a later and inferior form for langær, langæligr, Bs. i. 62, Fas. iii. 57. lang-háls, m. long-neck, a nickname, Landn. lang-hálsaðr, adj. long-necked, Njarð. 364. lang-hendr, adj. with long hands, Ld. 298. Lang-hlíðingar, m. pl. the men from Langahlíð, Sturl. lang-húfr, m. long-hulk, name of a ship, Bs. lang-húsa, að, to run, in a pun (langhús = rann), Krók. 63, 64. lang-hyggja, u, f. long-suffering, Barl. 42. lang-höfðaðr, adj. long-beaked, of a ship, Hkv. 1. 24. lang-höfði, a, m. a nickname, Sturl. lang-knakkr, m. a kind of bench, Finnb. 310. lang-lega, u, f. a long stay, of a weatherbound ship, Fms. ix. 296; as also of long sickness in bed. lang-leggr, m. the long leg, bone of a leg of mutton, Bárð. 176, Háv. 40. langleggjar-stykki, n. a leg of mutton, Háv. 40. lang-leiði, n. lengthwise; langleiði sín á milli, at a long distance, Stj. 73, Eg. 579. lang-leikr, m. length, Stj. 346. lang-leitr, adj. long-faced, Fms. i. 155, ii. 20, vii. 175, 321, Þiðr. 174, Bs. i. 72. lang-liðit, n. part. after a long time, Bs. ii. 133. lang-liga, adv. for a long time past, = mod. langalengi, Js. 24, Sturl. iii. 297, Fas. ii. 268. lang-lífi, n. long life, Fms. vii. 73, K. Þ. K. 60. lang-lífr, adj. long-lived, Fs., Fms. iii. 173. lang-loka, u, f. ‘long-lock,’ a kind of eight-lined verse in which the first and the last line make a sentence, whilst the six between them are intercalary, of which Edda (Ht.) 14 furnishes a specimen: in mod. usage langloka is a poem not divided into strophes, for specimens of which see Snót 72, 215. lang-lund, f. long-suffering, langlundar-geð, n. id. lang-minni, n. a long memory. lang-minnigr, adj. having a long memory, Nj. 30, v. l.: long to be remembered, Pr. 158. lang-mælgi, f. long-winded talk, Fms. v. 225. lang-mæli, n. long talk, Hom. 125, Bs. ii. 117. lang-mæltr, part. long-spoken, long-winded, Sks. 316, Hom. (St.) lang-nefjaðr, adj. long-nosed, Sturl. ii. 133, iii. 105. lang-nefjur, f. pl. rowlocks, Edda (Gl.) lang-nefr, m. long-nose, a nickname, Sturl. lang-niðjar, m. pl. a descending lineage by the father’s side, pedigree of agnates, counted downwards, Vsp. 16; opp. to landfeðgar when counted upwards in time. lang-nætti, n. the long night, Fr. lang-orf, n. a long handle of a scythe, Korm. 38, Sturl. i. 180, Sks. 358. lang-pallr, m. a dais along (not across) the hall, Fms. vi. 439. lang-reið, f. a long ride, Vígl. 61. lang-ræða, u, f. a long talk, Fms. ix. 252. lang-ræðr, part. long-spoken, long-winded, Sks. 316. lang-ræki, n. rancour, an unforgiving temper, N. G. L. ii. 417, Hom. 33, 143. lang-rækr, adj. having a long memory, brooding long over past wrongs, Anal. 171, Eb. 42, Bret. 92, Þiðr. 181, Fas. iii. 520. lang-samlega, adv. incessantly. lang-seta, u, f. a long stay, Vm. 113. lang-setis, adv. lengthways, lang-skepta, u, f. a long-shafted spear, Karl. 405. lang-skeptr, part. long-shafted, Sks. 388, Fs. 64. lang-skip, n. a long ship, a kind of large ancient ship of war, distinguished from the lesser skeið, both being distinguished from the merchant’s knörr (cp. Gr. ναυς μακρα, Lat. longa navis), Hkv. 2. 11, Ó. H., Fms. passim, Eg. 37, 42; langskips mastr, rá, segl, a mast, yard, sail of a long ship, Sturl. i. 194, Eg. 198, 515, Fms. vii. 30, passim. langskipa-görð, f. building of a langskip, Gþl. 121. langskips-búza, u, f. = langskip, Hkr. ii. 143. langskips-menn, m. pl. the crew of a long ship, Fms. ii. 16, Fs. 92. lang-skör, f. the lower hem of a tent, Fas. i. 372. lang-staðinn, part. of old date, long-standing, Lv. 77. lang-stóll, m. a long seat, Vm. 7, Fas. i. 84. lang-stræti, n. a long street, Fms. viii. 319. lang-sýnn, adj. far-sighted, Fas. i. 157. lang-sæi, f. a far sight, Edda i. 544. lang-sær, adj. long-sighted, prophetic, Lv. 81. lang-talaðr, part. long-spoken, Fms. i. 288. lang-úðigr, adj. = langrækinn, Hkr. iii. 252. lang-vari, a, m.; til langvara, to last long, Njarð. 376. lang-vaxinn, part. longish, Fms. ii. 59. lang-vé, mod. lang-vía, u, f. a bird, columbus troile, Edda (Gl.) lang-viðir, m. pl. the long timbers in a house or ship, N. G. L. i. 65, 100, Hom. 95. lang-viðri, n. pl. long-continued weather, heat, cold, or the like; langviðrum skal eyða grund, Mkv. 24; cp. Ísland eyðist af langviðrum ok lagaleysi, Ísl. Þjóðs. i. 438. lang-vinnr, adj. long-lasting, of sickness, bad weather, or the like. lang-vinr, m. a friend of long standing, Hm. 157, Fas. ii. 64, Bárð. 173; langvinirnir rjúfask sízt, a saying, Grett. 184 new Ed. lang-vist, f. a long abode, Hom. 9, Fr.: adv. langvistum, staying long, Fbr. 33, Fms. vii. 112, Eg. 227, Fs. 149. lang-vængr, m. long wing (?), Vm. 27. lang-þili, n. the wainscot lengthwise, opp. to þverþili, Gþl. 346. lang-æð, f. long-lasting; til langæðar eða fullnaðar, Bs. i. 740, Ant. 112. lang-æliga, adv. for a long time, Sturl. ii. 186, MS. 625. 77. lang-æligr, adj. long-lasting, Stj. 47, Fas. i. 171, Bs. i. 311. lang-ær, adj. [langr and æ = ever, or akin to Germ. ew, ewig], long-lasting; langætt musteri, MS. 677. 6: vegsama föður þinn ok móður, svá at þú sért langær yfir jörðinni, Stj. 301 (Fifth Commandment); hverr eldrinn mun vera heitari ok langærri, Fms. vii. 37; má vera at sigrinn verði ekki langær, ii. 10; at langær friðr standi í þessu landi, Bs. i. 572.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > LANGR

  • 6 MUNR

    I)
    (-ar, -ir), m.
    1) mind; e-m leikr í mun, one has a mind to, feels inclined to (= leikr e-m í skapi); munar stríð, heart’s grief;
    2) mind, longing, delight; at mínum munum, to my mind; gráta at mun, to weep heartily; at mannskis munum, to please anybody; leita e-m munar, to comfort one;
    3) love; sá inn máttki m., all-powerful love; vættak míns munar, I waited for my love; komast á muni við e-n, to insinuate oneself, become intimate, with one.
    (-ar, -ir), m.
    1) difference (hví gørir þú svá mikinn mun barnanna); er þess, mikill m., hvárt, it makes a great difference, whether;
    2) moment, importance; e-m er m. undir e-u, it is of importance to one (at hann skyldi segja honum þá hluti, er honum væri m. undir at vita); e-m er m. at e-u, it is of some moment (ok mætti þér verða munr at, at þeir væri þér heldr sinnaðir en í móti); meta muninn, to hesitate (Hrólfr mat eigi munin eptir þeim at fara); Grímr gørði ok þann mun allan, er hann mátti, G. strained every nerve;
    3) the dat. ‘muni’ or ‘mun’ before a compar., somewhat (= nökkuru), considerably, a good deal; ljóstu mun kyrrara, strike somewhat more gently; með muni minna liði, with consideralby less force; adding a pronoun, þeim mun (before a compar.) = því; þeim mun betr, so much the better; engum mun = engu; engum mun verr, no worse;
    4) what is wanted, required; er mikilla muna vant or á vant, much is wanting (þótti honum mikilla muna á vant, at vel væri); E. hafði eigi skaplyndi til at biðja konung hér neinna muna um, E. was too proud to beg anything in this case;
    5) adverbial phrases, fyrir hvern mun, by all means; fyrir engan mun, by no means;
    6) means, things; at eigi munið ér alla yðra muni til leggja, that you will not contribute all your means, strain every nerve; biskup las fyrst smám ok smám munina fyrir þeim, expounded all the details for them.
    * * *
    1.
    m., older form monr, Hom. (St.) 21, gen. munar, dat. mun, pl. munir; [Dan. mon]:—prop. the moment or turn of the balance; this sense, however, only occurs in phrases more or less derived or metaphorical, as in the phrase, vera mikilla (lítilla) muna (gen. pl.) vant, to be in want of much ( little); man yðr eigi svá mikilla muna ávant, at þér munið eigi vilja upp hefjask ok rekask af hendi frænda-skömm þessa, ye are not in want of so much, that …, you are not so deficient, that …, the metaphor from under-weight, Ó. H. 32, cp. Fms. iv. 79; hann spurði eptir vendiliga hvernig Kristinn dómr væri haldinn á Íslandi, ok þótti honum mikilla muna ávant at vel væri 44; lítilla muna vant, lacking but little; hygg ek at mér verði meiri muna vant en Þórolfi, Eg. 113; ok er mér mikilla muna vant at ek halda réttu máli, ef ek skal heldr láta lausar eignir mínir aflaga fyrir þér en berjask við þik, 504; en ef við annan þeirra verðr muna vant, Grág. i. 120:—sjá fyrir mun (munum) um e-t, to foresee how a thing will turn, what turn it will take; eigi þykkjumk ek þar sjá fyrir munum, hvárt …, Fb. i. 529; Erlingr fékk sér eigi skaplyndi til at biðja hér neinna muna um, E. was too proud to beg anything in this case, Ó. H. 47.
    2. temp. the nick of time; hann bað Hallverð ganga út til sin um litla muni, for a little while, Fms. ii. 71.
    II. the difference; hví görir þú svá mikinn mun barnanna? Sd. 141; er þess mikill munr, hvárt …, it makes a great difference, whether …, Fms. vii. 132; ef fé er verra, ok skulu þeir virða þann mun, ok skal hann gjalda honum þann, make good the balance, Grág. i. 428; ok vænta þess at mála-efna munr muni skipta, Sturl. iii. 241, Fb. i. 20, passim in old and mod. usage.
    2. moment, importance; vil ek bjóða honum mitt lið, því at eigi er þat við hváriga muni, for it will tell something in the balance, Fs. 16; at hann skyldi segja honum þá hluti er honum væri munr undir at vita, Sturl. ii. 151; mun hverjum vitrum manni þykkja mikill munr undir því vera, at …, every wise man will think it of great moment, that …, Sks. 269; e-m er munr at e-u, it is of some moment; ok mætti þér konungr verða munr at, at þeir væri þér heldr sinnaðir en í mót, Fms. i. 297; munr er at manns liði, a man’s help is always something, Bs. i; Grimr görði ok þann mun allan er hann mátti, G. strained every nerve, Eg. 188.
    III. the dat. muni or mun before a comparative, by a little, as also considerably, a good deal; ljóstú mun kyrrara, strike somewhat more gently, Hkr. iii. 365; ef þú vilt lögum at fylgja, þá er þat mun réttligast at Sigurðr njóti vitna sinna, 257; með muni minna liði, with considerably less forces, Fagrsk. 172; muni síðar, a little later, Geisli 23; hón sagði mun fleira, a good deal more. Am. 45; stundum með mjúklyndi, en stundum muni harðari, Barl. 176; muni hægri, a good deal easier, Orkn. (in a verse): gen. muns, með muns minni rás, muns tómlegari ok seinna … muns mjúkari, Barl. 72.
    2. adding a pronoun; þeim mun skírlegri, Fs. 121; ek sá at þeim mun er betr, it fares so much the better. Fms. xi. 228; þeim mun fleiri gildrur, all the more traps, Barl. 24; þeim mun lengr, 101; en svá miklum mun sem sól er ljósari en náttmyrkr, svá myklu er ok meiri …, by so much as the sun is brighter than night-mirk, so much greater …, 116; engum mun verr en áðr, nothing less than before, Ó. H. 69; engum mun betr, not a bit better, 222; öngum mun betri, 113; ok var sá öngum mun fegri, 75.
    IV. the adverb. phrase, fyrir alla muni, by all means; fyrir hvern mun, id., Gullþ. 7, Grett. 193 new Ed., Fms. i. 157; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Edda 57, Nj. 200, 201, Fms. i. 9, Gþl. 531.
    V. plur. means, things, objects, property; en hann á þat er et fyrra várit var í þeim munum, Grág. ii. 338; at eigi monið or alla yðra muni til leggja, to contribute all one’s means, strain every nerve, Ó. H. 32; hefir þú, faðir, þar marga þína muni til gefna, Ld. 102; ok vildi, at allir landsmenn legði sína muni til at biskups-stóll væri efldr, Fb. iii. 446.
    2. biskup talaði hér um mjúkliga, las fyrst smám ok smám munina fyrir þeim. expounded all the details for them, Fms. ix. 52; slíkt sem hann fékk munum á komit, such that he could manage all that he could get (metaphor from counting or balancing), Játv. 40; fé-munir, means; vits-munir, ‘wit-means,’ reason; geðs-munir, skaps-munir, temper; gagns-munir, useful things.
    2.
    m., gen. munar and muns, pl. munir, [Ulf. muns = νόημα; A. S. myn = love, mind; Engl. mind; mid. H. G. minni; Germ. minne-sang]:—the mind, Edda (Gl.); af munar grunni, Höfuðl. 19; ór munar öngum, the mind’s straits, Kormak; munar myrkr, Líkn. 4; munar stríð, the mind’s distress, Skv. 3. 38; missa munar ok landa, to lose life and land, Hkv. 2. 44.
    II. a mind, longing, delight; at mínum, þínum munum, to my, thy mind, i. e. as I like, as thou likest, Skm. 35; þvíat álfröðull lýsir of alla daga ok þeygi at mínum munum, for the sun shines all day long, and yet not to my mind, Íb. 5, in the words of the love-sick god Frey, which call to mind Hamlet’s words (this most excellent canopy, the air, etc.); at mannskis munum, to please anybody, Skm. 20, 24; þíns eða míns munar, 43; leita e-m munar, to comfort one, Gkv. 1. 8; at mun banda, according to the will of the gods, Hkr. i. (in a verse); at mun sínum, to one’s heart’s content, Fms. i. 27 (in a verse); hverr lifði at sínum mun, Bjarn. (in a verse), Og. 34; í mun e-m, to one’s mind or liking. Korm. (in a verse): at þú görir eptir mínum mun, Fb. i. 21: the phrase, e-m leikr munr á e-u, to have a mind for; tak sjálfr við þeim ef þú þykkisk of gefit hafa eðr þér leikr munr at, Ld. 318, v. l.; lék mér meirr í mun, I longed more for, Skv. 3. 39; as also, leika at muni, Gsp.; gráta at muni, to weep heartily, Vtkv. (in a verse); land-munir, q. v.: and in mod. usage, mér er það í mun, I have a mind for that.
    2. love; sá inn máttki munr, Hm. 93; vættak mins munar, I waited far my heart’s delight, 95: the phrase, komask á muni við e-n, to insinuate oneself, vita ef ek get komisk á muni við Ólöfu konu hans, Vígl. 58 new Ed.
    COMPDS: munafullr, munarheimr, munarlauss, munligr, munráð, munströnd, munstærandi, muntún, munvegar.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > MUNR

  • 7 come

    1. adv as
    interrogativo, esclamativo how
    (prego?) pardon?
    fa' come ti ho detto do as I told you
    lavora come insegnante he works as a teacher
    come me like me
    un cappello come il mio a hat like mine
    come sta? how are you?, how are things?
    com'è bello! how nice it is!
    come mai? how come?, why?
    oggi come oggi nowadays
    come se as if
    2. conj ( come se) as if, as though
    (appena, quando) as (soon as)
    come se niente fosse as if nothing had happened
    * * *
    come avv.
    1 (in frasi interr. dirette e indirette) how; what... like: come stai?, how are you?; come te la cavi in inglese?, what's your English like? (o how good is your English?); come si scrive questa parola?, how do you spell this word?; come si dice in inglese...?, what's the English for...?; come si fa?, how is it to be done? (o how do you do it?); com'era il film?, what was the film like?; com'è il tempo?, what's the weather like?; non so come dirglielo, I don't know how to tell him; fammi sapere come è andata, let me know how it went; non so proprio come sia riuscito a farlo, I just don't know how he managed to do it // come mai?, why?; ( enfatico) how come?; why ever?: mi domando come mai non sia ancora arrivato, I wonder why he hasn't got here yet; i documenti erano in regola, ma la domanda è stata respinta. Come mai?, the papers were in order, but the application was turned down. How come? // com'è che non sei mai in casa?, why are you never at home?; come dici?, come hai detto?, what's that? (o what did you say?) // come sarebbe a dire?, what do you mean? // come si permette?, how dare you! // com'è, come non è, (fam.), somehow or other; ( all'improvviso) all of a sudden // ma come?!, ( per esprimere meraviglia o sdegno) how come? (o what?) // come no?!, of course!: ''Accetterai, vero?'' ''Come no?!'' ''You'll accept, won't you?'' ''Of course (I will)!''
    2 ( in frasi esclamative) how: com'è gentile da parte sua!, how kind of you!; come mi dispiace!, how sorry I am!; guarda come nevica!, look how hard it's snowing!; come parla bene!, how well he speaks!; come sono cambiati i tempi!, how times have changed! // Con uso rafforzativo o enfatico: ''Vi siete divertiti?'' ''E come!'', ''Did you have a good time?'' ''And how!''; Ma come! Siete già tornati?, What! Back already?
    3 ( il modo in cui) how, the way: mi raccontò come era riuscito a ottenere il posto, he told me how he'd managed to get the job; ecco come sono andate le cose, this is how things went // bada a come parli, watch your tongue
    4 (in frasi comparative e nei compar. di uguaglianza) as (so)... as; (con un compar. di maggioranza) than: mio fratello è alto come me, my brother is as tall as me (o as I am); non è ( così) ingenuo come sembra, he isn't as simple as he seems; siamo arrivati più tardi di come avevamo previsto, we got there later than we expected; l'esame è andato meglio di come pensassi, I did better than I'd expected in the exam // Nelle similitudini: bianco come la neve, as white as snow; duro come il ferro, as hard as iron; il mare era liscio come l'olio, the sea was as smooth as glass
    5 ( in qualità di) as: ti parlo come amico, non come medico, I'm talking to you as a friend, not (as) a doctor; l'hanno citato come testimone, he was cited as a witness; tutti lo vorrebbero come socio, everyone would like him as a partner; come avvocato, non vale un gran che, as a lawyer, he isn't up to much
    6 ( nel modo in cui) as: ho fatto come hai voluto tu, I did as you wanted; non fare come me, don't do as I did; tutto è andato come speravamo, everything went as we'd hoped; non sempre si può fare come si vuole, you can't always do as you like; lascia le cose come stanno, leave things as they are
    7 ( per indicare somiglianza) like; ( nelle esemplificazioni) such as: indossava un abito come questo, she was wearing a dress like this one; correva come un pazzo, he was running like mad; è ingegnere come suo padre, he's an engineer, like his father; si è comportato come un vero signore, he behaved like a true gentleman; l'appartamento mi è costato qualcosa come 50.000 euro, the flat cost me something like 50,000 euros; non ti si presenterà più un'occasione come questa, you won't get another chance like this; c'erano famosi giornalisti e scrittori, come..., there were famous writers and reporters, such as...; in Lombardia ci sono bellissimi laghi, come il Lago Maggiore, il Lago di Como,..., there are some lovely lakes in Lombardy, such as Lake Maggiore, Lake Como,...
    8 (spesso in correl. con così, tanto) as; both... and; as well as: ( tanto) di giorno come di notte, by day as by night (o both by day and night o by day as well as by night); tanto il padre come la madre sono americani, his father and mother are both American; tanto gli uni come gli altri, both; tanto i greci come i romani..., both the Greeks and the Romans... (o the Greeks as well as the Romans...) // come pure, as well as: New York, come pure Londra, è un grande porto fluviale, New York is a great river port, as well as (o as is) London.
    ◆ FRASEOLOGIA: oggi come oggi, as things are at present // vecchio com'è, old as he is // io come io, non accetterei, if it were me, I'd refuse // 6 sta a 3 come 10 sta a 5, 6 is to 3 as 10 is to 5 // come non detto, forget it // com'è vero che..., as sure as... // come segue, as follows // come sopra, as above // (comm.): come d'accordo, as agreed; come da campione, as per sample; come da copia acclusa, see enclosed copy; come da vostra richiesta, as requested.
    cong.
    1 ( con valore temporale) as, as soon as: come mi vide, mi buttò le braccia al collo, as soon as she saw me, she threw her arms round my neck; come avvertì i primi sintomi, telefonò al medico, as soon as she noticed the first symptoms, she telephoned the doctor; come arrivavano, i candidati venivano condotti ai loro posti, as they arrived, the candidates were shown to their places
    2 ( con valore dichiarativo) that: tutti sanno come la Luna sia un satellite della Terra, everyone knows (that) the Moon is a satellite of the Earth
    3 come se, as if, as though: continuava a parlare, come se non sentisse quello che gli dicevo, he went on talking, as if (o as though) he hadn't heard what I said; come se fosse facile..., as if it were easy...
    s.m.: il come e il perché, the whys and wherefores // volle sapere il come e il quando, he wanted to know the ins and outs.
    * * *
    ['kome]
    1. avv
    1) (alla maniera di, nel modo che) as, like (davanti a sostantivo, pronome)

    com'è vero Dio — as God is my witness

    a scuola come a casa — both at school and at home, at school as well as at home

    non hanno accettato il progetto: come dire che siamo fregati — they didn't accept the plan: which means we've had it

    2) (in quale modo: interrogativo, esclamativo) how

    come mai? — how come?

    come mai non sei partito? — whyever didn't you leave?

    non hanno accettato il mio assegnocome mai? — they didn't accept my cheque — whyever not?

    vieni?come no! — are you coming? — of course!

    come stai? — how are you?

    come?; come dici? — pardon? Brit, sorry?, excuse me? Am, what did you say?

    com'è il tuo amico? — what's your friend like?

    com' è che non hai telefonato? — how come you didn't phone?

    3)

    (il modo in cui) mi piace come scrive — I like the way he writes, I like his style of writing

    come presidente, dirò che... — speaking as your president I must say that...

    5)

    (quanto) come è brutto! — how ugly he (o it) is!

    6)

    ora come oraright now

    See:
    2. cong
    1)

    (in quale modo) mi scrisse come si era rotto un braccio — he wrote to tell me about how he had broken an arm

    2) (quanto) how

    è meglio/peggio di come mi aspettavo — it is better/worse than I expected

    4) (appena che, quando) as soon as

    come arrivò si mise a lavorare — as soon as he arrived he set to work, no sooner had he arrived than he set to work

    come se n'è andato, tutti sono scoppiati a ridere — as soon as he left, everyone burst out laughing

    5)

    come (se) — as if, as though

    la trattano come (se) fosse la loro schiava — they treat her like a slave o as if she were their slave

    come puoi constatare — as you can see

    3. sm inv

    non so dirti il come e il quando di tutta questa faccenda — I couldn't tell you how and when all this happened

    * * *
    ['kome] 1.
    2) come mai, com'è che colloq. how come
    5) (nel modo in cui, allo stesso modo di) as

    come sempre — as ever, the same as always

    ecco come è successo — it happened like this, this is what happened

    non è intelligente come tehe is not as o so intelligent as you

    trattare qcn. come un bambino — to treat sb. like a child

    9) (quale) such as, like

    città come Roma e Milanosuch cities as o cities such as Rome and Milan

    10) (in qualità di, con la funzione di) as

    come ben saias you well know o know full well

    avaro com'è, non ti darà nulla — he's so mean, he won't give you anything

    14) come da as per

    come da istruzioni — as requested, as per your instructions

    2.

    mi guardò come per dire "te l'avevo detto" — he looked at me as if to say "I told you so"

    2) come se as if
    3) (non appena) as, as soon as
    4) (che) how, that
    3.
    sostantivo maschile

    il come e il perché di qcs. — the how and the why of sth

    ••

    come non detto — forget it, never mind

    * * *
    come
    /'kome/
     1 (nelle interrogative) come stai? how are you? come ti chiami? what's your name? come si scrive? how do you spell it? sapere come fare to know how to do; com'è John? what is John like? com'è la casa? what does the house look like? come? excuse me? pardon? sorry? come hai detto? what did you say?
     2 come mai, com'è che colloq. how come
     3 (nelle esclamative) come sei gentile! how kind of you! come sei cresciuto! haven't you grown! how you've grown! come ci siamo divertiti! what a great time we had! (ma) come! what! come no! of course! sure!
     5 (nel modo in cui, allo stesso modo di) as; fai come me do as I do; ha fatto come gli ho detto he did it the way I told him; (fai) come vuoi do as you like; come avevamo deciso as we had agreed; come sempre as ever, the same as always; come al solito as usual; come segue as follows
     6 (il modo in cui) ecco come è successo it happened like this, this is what happened; per come la vedo io as I see it
     7 (in paragoni) nero come il carbone as black as coal; è intelligente come te he is as intelligent as you; non è intelligente come te he is not as o so intelligent as you; trattare qcn. come un bambino to treat sb. like a child; è più facile di come pensavo it's easier than I thought
     8 (quanto) di giorno come di notte by day as well as by night; tanto qui come all'estero both here and abroad
     9 (quale) such as, like; in un paese come l'Italia in a country like Italy; città come Roma e Milano such cities as o cities such as Rome and Milan
     10 (in qualità di, con la funzione di) as; lavorare come insegnante to work as a teacher; presentarsi come candidato to stand as a candidate; come esempio di as an instance o example of; cosa c'è come dessert? what's for dessert?
     11 (in proposizioni incidentali) come ben sai as you well know o know full well; come potete vedere as you can see
     13 (intensivo) avaro com'è, non ti darà nulla he's so mean, he won't give you anything
     14 come da as per; come da istruzioni as requested, as per your instructions; come da programma according to schedule
     1 (quasi) rispettala come fosse tua madre respect her as though she were your mother; mi guardò come per dire "te l'avevo detto" he looked at me as if to say "I told you so"
     2 come se as if; si comporta come se fosse a casa sua he acts like he owns the place; si sono comportati come se niente fosse they behaved as if nothing had happened
     3 (non appena) as, as soon as; come si è fatto buio sono tornato a casa as it went dark I came back home; come giro le spalle as soon as my back is turned
     4 (che) how, that; mi ha detto come l'ha trovato he told me how he had found it
    III sostantivo m.
     il come e il perché di qcs. the how and the why of sth.
    come non detto forget it, never mind; come minimo at the very least.
    \
    See also notes... (come.pdf)

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > come

  • 8 STÓRR

    (stœri or stœrri, stœrstr), a.
    1) big, great, of size (stórr fiskr, stórt dýr);
    stór veðr, rough weather, great gales;
    stór sær, high sea;
    gørði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high;
    2) great, potent (at hann skyldi varast at gøra Ólaf eigi of stóran);
    3) great, important (tillagagóðr hinna stœrri mála);
    4) proud (fann hann þat brátt á Sigríði, at hón var heldr stór).
    * * *
    adj., compar. stæri or stærri, superl. stærstr, i. e. stœri, stœrstr; [a word peculiar to the Northern languages, from which it has entered into the Finnish; A. S. stôr; Engl. sturdy; North. E. stordy]:—the original sense seems to be ‘stirred,’ ‘disturbed’ (cp. III), but it is only used in the sense big, great, of size; ein stærst, Fms. iii. 123; bein miklu stærri, Eg. 769; stórir járnrekendr, Sks. 457; stórir askar, Eg. 204; stór héruð, 275; stór veðr, [cp. Shetl. stoor], rough weather, great gales, Ld. 50; stórr sær, a high sea, Sks.; stór, stæri sár, Nj. 153; stærst hof hér á landi, Landn. 335 (Mantissa); í stórum töskum, Hkr. iii. 244.
    II. metaph. great, potent; við alla ena stærri menn, Ld. 124; mæltu at hann skyldi göra Ólaf eigi of stóran, Fms. i. 99; at hann görisk eigi of stórr, Eg. 50; gör þik eigi stærra enn þú átt kyn til, Fms. xi. 236; hve marga (aura) ok hve stóra, Grág. i. 136.
    2. great, important; enna stærri mála, Nj. 2.
    3. proud; bændr vóru þar því stærri enn annarsstaðar, at engi vildi til koma, Fms. iv. 112: Sigríð kona hans var heldr stór, v. 30 (skap-stórr, Ó. H. l. c.)
    III. neut., görði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high, Eg. 60; tíðendi þau er honum lægi svá stórt við, Fms. xi. 102; höggva stórt, to strike hard, Nj. 53.
    IV. adverbial phrases, stórum, very greatly, much; svá at ek finna stórum, Ísl. ii. 343; stórum stauplar nú yfir, Fs. 153; þat berr stórum, it amounts to much, Fms. ii. 37; ætla ek stærum bera hin laga-brotin, vii. 305; stórum ríkr, very mighty, Hkr. iii. 244; stórum vinsæll, Fms. vii. 102; stórum feginn, Eg. 567; stórum sköruligt, Ld. 106. 2. stærrum, more, in a greater degree; skjótara ok stærum, Sks. 71; gefit hefir þú mér stærum, Fms. vii. 56; eigi stærum né smærum, neither more nor less, Grág. i. 241. 3. stórs, adv.; ekki stórs of ökla upp, Bs. i. 349. 4. stóru-gi, adv. much, greatly, Ísl. ii. 384; see -gi.
    B. In COMPDS, and with nouns, stór-, like smár-, is chiefly prefixed to nouns in plur. or in a collective sense: stór-auðigr, adj. very wealthy, Landn. 68, Eg. 2, 23, Fms. xi. 293, Hdl. 39. stór-ár, f. pl. great waters, Stj. 87, Rb. 350. stór-beinóttr, adj. bony, coarse-faced, Eb. 30, Fas. i. 173. stór-blót, n. pl. great sacrifices, Fms. v. 164. stór-bokkar, m. pl. ‘big bucks,’ lordlings, mighty and overbearing men, Eb. 334, Fms. viii. 238 (spelt bukkar), xi. 260, Bs. i. 621. stór-borgir, f. pl. big towns, Róm. 264. stór-borinn, part. high-born, Hkr. i. 243, Bær. 14. stór-brögðóttr, adj. very sly, Hðm. 13. stór-burðigr, adj. = stórborinn, Fas. ii. 474, v. l. stór-bú, n. pl. great estates, Eg. 170, Fms. i. 13. stór-bygðir, f. pl. large counties, settlements, Ó. H. 174. stór-byssur, f. pl. big catapults, Fas. iii. 428, v. l.: big guns. stór-bæir, m. pl. great estates, Hkr. i. 20. stór-bændr, m. pl. great freeholders, Fms. ii. 40, Orkn. 136, Sturl. i. 37. stór-deildir, f. pl. great differences, quarrels, Sturl. i. 140, iii. 7. stór-deilur, f. pl. id., Sturl. i. 140 C. stór-draumar, m. pl. portentous dreams, Sturl. ii. 204 C. stór-efli, n., in stór-eflis-menn, m. pl. mighty men, Fms. xi. 7, 13, Gísl. 55, Háv. 50, Glúm. 37. stór-efni, n. pl. important cases, N. G. L. stór-eignir, f. pl. great landed estates, Hkr. iii. 19; stóreigna maðr, a great landowner, Ísl. ii. 202. stór-erviði, n. severe toil, hard work, Sturl. iii. 65. stór-eyjar, f. pl. great islands, Fms. vii. 85. stór-fé, n. great wealth, Nj. 178, Eg. 75, Fms. ix. 320; stórfjár ok dýrgripa, vii. 186. stór-feginn, adj. very fain or glad, Ver. 19, Bret. 46, Fms. xi. 29. stór-fengr, adj. gross, huge; hann var s. ok auðigr, Sturl. i. 8; föður átta ek heldr stórfengan, Brand. 62; stórfeng kýr, a good milch cow, Bs. i. 194. stór-fetaðr, part. long-striding, taking great steps, Fas. ii. 348; s. hestr, Edda 57. stór-fetr, adj. id., Greg. 17. stór-firðir, m. pl. big firths, Fb. iii. 446. stór-fiskar, m. pl. big fishes (whales). Fas. ii. 113. stór-fjaðrar, f. pl. big feathers, Sks. 114. stór-fjarri, adv. very far, Lex. Poët. stór-fjöllóttr, adj. with great fells, Eb. 8. stór-flokkar, m. pl. great ‘flocks,’ large detachments, Ó. H. 208. stór-frörar, m. pl. ice-fields, Grett. (in a verse). stór-fuglar, m. pl. big birds, El. 2. stór-fundir, m. pl. great meetings, great battles, Nj. 107. stór-föt, n. pl. big clothes, Glúm. 390. stór-geðr (- geðjaðr), adj. great-minded. Lex. Poët.: = stórgætr (?), Bs. i. 606. stór-gjafar, f. pl. great, lordly, rich gifts, Nj. 151, Fms. vii. 2. stór-gjöfull, adj. munificent, Hkr. i. 291, Fms. viii. 238, Bs. i. 81, Magn. 464. stór-gjöld, n. pl. heavy fines, Fms. i. 66. stór-glæpir, m. pl. great crimes, Fms. vii. 261, Stat. 260, Sks. 773. stórglæpa-maðr, m. a great criminal, Stj. 40. stór-glæpligr, adj. highly criminal, Sks. 773. stór-gnípur, f. pl. huge peaks, mountains, Fas. ii. 76. stór-góz, n. a great property, Bs. i. 853. stór-grýti, n. pl. big stones, rocks, Mag. stór-grýttr, adj. rocky, stony, Fms. xi. 239. stór-gættingar, m. pl. magnates, 623. 32, Al. 16. stór-görr, part. of great size, Lex. Poët. stór-hagr, adj. very skilled, handy, Fas. ii. 347. stór-heimsligr, adj. ‘big-foolish,’ grossly foolish, 625. 73. stór-heit, n. pl. great vows, Bs. i. 421, Fms. ix. 387. stór-héruð, n. pl. great districts, Stj. 83, MS. 655 xvi. A. 3, Ó. H. 125. stór-hlutir, m. pl. great things, Fms. vii. 136: in an evil sense, great sins, MS. 671. 16, N. G. L. i. 459. stór-hræddr, adj. much afraid, Fbr. 149. stór-huga, adj. aiming high, aspiring. stór-hugaðr, adj. high-minded, proud, Am. 72, Stj. stór-hvalir, m. pl. big whales, Sks. 122. stór-hveli, n. id., Fas. ii. 78. stór-höfðingjar, m. pl. great magnates, Fms. vii. 206, 209, Hkr. ii. 140, Barl. 127, Sks. 6. stór-höggr, adj. dealing heavy blows, Fms. xi. 131, Landn. 69, Fb. ii. 128. stór-ílla, adv. very badly, Grett. 120, Fms. i. 12, Fb. i. 411. stór-íllr, adj. very bad, Fms. ix. 393, Lv. 68. stór-jarteinir, f. pl. great wonders, Stj. 289. stór-kappar, m. pl. great champions, Fas. ii. 481. stór-katlar, m. pl. big kettles, Fms. x. 29. stór-kaup, n. pl. wholesale buying. stórkaup-maðr, m. a wholesale dealer, Fb. ii. 75. stór-keralda, að, in a pun, Krók. 63, 64. stór-kerti, n. pl. geat tapers, Flóv. 35. stór-keröld, n. pl. large vats, Dipl. v. 18. stór-klæki, n. pl. great wickedness, Band. 38 new Ed., Ó. H. 217. stór-kostliga, adv. in grand style, Bs. i. 645. stór-kostligr, adj. grand; bær s., Ó. H. 66; s. gjafir, Sturl. i. 48: colossal, Fb. i. 522. stór-kvikendi, n. pl. great beasts, Stj. 70. stór-kvæði, n. pl. great poems, Skálda 205. stór-langr, adj. very long, Eb. 24. stór-látr, adj. proud, haughty, Fms. i. 2: munificent, Fs. 51, Al. 70: not content with a little (opp. to smá-látr), Eg. 17, Fms. vi. 368. stór-leiði, n. a long way, Bs. i. 458. stór-leikr, m. presumption, pride, Fms. iv. 206, Ölk. 34, Stj. 537. stór-leitr, adj. big-faced, Sturl. ii. 99. stór-lendur, f. pl. great lands, Bs. i. 226. stór-liga, adv. greatly, very, Bret. 24, Eg. 57: proudly, Edda. 30; svara s., Fms. i. 3; mæla s., vi. 246, x. 194. stór-ligana, adv. = stórliga, Stj., MS. 227, passim. stór-ligr, adj. great, Eg. 46. stór-ljótr, adj. very ugly, Glúm. 387. stór-lokkar, m. pl. long locks, Fas. i. 173. stór-lyndi, f. magnanimity, Fms. vii. 198, Hkr. iii. 245; sína s., Fms. vii. 96. stór-lyndr, adj. magnanimous, Fms. vii. 98; high-spirited, Nj. 18, Fs. 129, Grett. 158. stór-læti, n. liberality, Ld. 30, Fms. x. 235: pride, v. 71, Ölk. 34. stór-lönd, n. pl. great counties, Fms. iv. 140. stór-mannliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), like a grand man, munificently, Fs. 15, Ísl. ii. 337, Eg. 62, Fms. xi. 244. stór-mannligr, adj. magnificent, Fs. 11, 30, Fms. ii. 133, vi. 13, xi. 321. stór-margr, adj. very many, Eg. 219. stór-mál, n. pl. great suits; standa í stórmálum, Nj. 227, Fs. 29, Vápn. 22. stór-mein, n. pl. great evils, Fs. 44. stór-meizl, n. pl. great injuries, Sturl. ii. 49. stór-menni, n. great men, men of rank, Eg. 30, Fs. 11, Fms. i. 31, vi. 19, Ó. H. 71: great folk, Bárð. 172; frá Birni bunu er komit nær allt s. á Íslandi, Landn. 39: a liberal man, Sturl. i. 4, 9, Eg. 38, 198: a big man, giant, Edda 33. stór-mennska, u, f. greatness, munificence, Fms. xi. 19, 293, Fs. 15, passim; meir af stór-mennsku enu forsjá, Bs. i. 83. stórmennsku-fullr, adj. munificent. stór-merki, n. pl. wonderful things, great wonders; Guðs s., Edda (pref.), Fms. i. 133, Magn. 534, Symb. 29; hvat er fleira stórmerkja frá askinum, Edda. stór-merkiliga, adv. wonderfully, Mar. stór-merkiligr, adj. wonderful, Mar. stór-mikill, adj. huge, immense, Lv. 68, Eg. 59, Fms. i. 63, vii. 79, 278. stór-mjök, adv. very much, immensely, Fms. vii. 110, Fb. 1. 411, Bret. 54. stór-mæli, n. pl. great affairs; standa í stórmælum, Nj. 224: grave affairs, þau s. er ek hefi mót yðrum vilja brotið, Orkn. 118; eccl. the greater excommunication, hafði biskup í stórmælum ( in ban) tvá höfðingja, Sturl. ii. 2; lýsa stórmælum yfir, to excommunicate, iii. 201; biskup vildi ekki með hann tala, þvíat hann var í stórmælum, Bs. i. 286, 490, Stat. 260, Anecd. 8, 26. stór-nauðsynjar, f. pl. hard necessity, Gþl. 27, 352. stór-nær, adv. very nigh, Bs. i. 21. stór-orðr, adj. using big words, Fms. i. 75, xi. 94; stórort kvæði ok úfagrt, a big-worded, high-sounding poem, Ísl. ii. 237. stór-ráð, n. pl. great undertakings, Fms. i. 83. stór-ráða-samr, adj. daring, venturesome, Grett. 158. stór-ráðr, adj. ambitious; stórráð ok ráðgjörn, Fms. x. 220; s. ok ágjarn, vii. 28, Orkn. 144; a nickname, Sigríðr stórráða, cp. Lat. superbus. stór-ref-singar, f. pl. severe punishment. Fms. vii. 36. stór-regn, n. pl. heavy rains. Fms. viii. 202. stór-reki, m. ‘big-wreck’ big pieces of jetsum; allan stórreka, opp. to smáreki, Vm. 129. stór-riðinn, part. with big meshes, of a net. stór-ritaðr, part. written in large letters, Pm. 125. stór-ríki, n. pl. great empires, Bs. ii. 43. stór-ríkr, adj. very powerful, Ísl. ii. 202, v. l. stór-ræði, n. pl. daring, dangerous, great undertakings, Gþl. (pref. vi), Nj. 66, Fms. i. 83, vi. 10, 37, viii. 120, Sks. 746. stórræða-maðr, m. a man of great aims. Fms. ix. 283. stór-rök, n. pl. mighty events, Hom. 55. stór-sakar, f. pl. great offences. Fms. ii. 4, 33, Ld. 172. stór-samligr, adj. severe, Sks. 49. stór-sár, n. pl. grievous wounds, Fms. iii. 118. stór-skaðar, m. pl. great damage, Bs. i. 144. stór-skip, n. pl. great ships. Fms. vii. 259. stór-skorinn, part. huge, gaunt, Fb. i. 566; mikill vexti ok s., Bárð. 175; s. í andliti, Fb. i. 258; s. sem Goliath, Stj. 464; stórskorit höfuð, Grett. 83 new Ed. stór-skriptir, f. pl. heavy penances, K. Á. 192, H. E. i. 509; stórskripta-maðr, ii. 78. stór-skuldir, f. pl. great debts, Grág. i. 500. stór-slög, n. pl. great visitations, plagues, Stj. 268. stór-smiðr, m. a notable workman, Eg. 4. stór-smíði, n. pl. a huge, bulky work, Edda 19. stór-staðir, m. pl. great towns, Stj. 68; in Icel. or Norway of great church-prebends, Fms. vi. 157. stór-stígr, adj. long-striding. stór-straumr, m. a spring tide. stór-streymt, n. adj. = stórstraumr. stór-sveitir, f. pl. a large detachment., Fms. ix. 429. stór-syndir, f. pl. great sins, H. E. i. 521. stór-sæmdir, f. pl. great honours, Nj. 134, Fms. xi. 331. stór-sæti, n. pl. large ricks, Eb. 150, 224, Brandkr. 30. stór-tákn, n. pl. great wonders. Fms. i. 29, Stj. 261; sing., Bs. i. 42. stór-tignir, f. pl. high dignity, 625. 98. stór-tíðindi, n. pl. great tidings, great events, Fms. iii. 15, vi. 230, Nj. 195, Rb. 394, Sturl. i. 107 C; wonders, Edda 14, Fms. xi. 38. stór-tré, n. pl. huge beams, Karl. 448, Fms. x. 358, Krók. stóru-gi, see stórr (A. IV. 4). stór-úðigr, adj. high-minded, Hbl. 15, Valla L. stór-vandi, a, m. a great difficulty, Sturl. ii. 79. stór-vandræði, n. pl. id., Fms. vii. 25. stór-vegir, m. pl. broad roads, highways, Barl. 190. stór-vegligr, adj. very honourable, Hkr. ii. 100. stór-veizlur, f. pl. great banquets, Fms. i. 291. stór-vel, adv. right well, Eg. 60, 423, Ísl. ii. 382. stór-verk, n. pl. great deeds, Fms. v. 345. stór-viðaðr, adj. large timbered, Fms. ii. 218. stór-viðir, m. pl. great timbers, big beams, Fms. ii. 328, x. 361. Nj. 201, Bs. i. 81. stór-viðri, n. a great tempest, Fms. vii. 310, Grett. 153. stór-virki, n. pl. great feats, Fms. i. 287, ii. 109, vi. 55, Nj. 193, Ld. 40, Eg. 686, Korm. 242, Al. 160. stór-virkr, adj. working mightily; sterkr ok s., working like a giant, Bárð. 163; stórvirkr, opp. to góðvirkr, Nj. 55: as the name of a giant, Edda (Gl.), Fas. i. (Hervar. S. begin.) stór-vitr, adj. very wise, Nj. 22, Fms. i. 31, vi. 10, xi. 13, 205. stór-víða, adv. very widely, Fbr. 41. stór-yrði, n. pl. big words, Eg. 258, Nj. 261, Fms. ix. 419, x. 71, xi. 256, Al. 18. stór-ýðigr, adj. = stórúðigr, Valla L. 208. stór-þing, n. a ‘storthing,’ great council (oecumenical), Karl. 548, Pr. 104, Rb. stór-þorp, n. pl. great villages, Fagrsk. ch. 193. stór-þungt, n. adj. very heavy, Eb. 284. stór-þurftir, f. pl. great need, Bs. i. 525. stór-ættaðr, adj. high-born, Eg. 16, Nj. 178, Fms. i. 186, vi. 246. stór-ættir, f. pl. great families.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > STÓRR

  • 9 molto

    1. adj a lot of
    con nomi plurali a lot of, many
    2. adv a lot
    molto meglio much better, a lot better
    da molto for a long time
    fra non molto before long
    * * *
    molto agg.indef.
    1 (con riferimento alla quantità) much (gener. in frasi negative o interr.); a lot of, lots of, a great (o a good) deal of, a great (o a large) quantity of, plenty of: non beve molto vino, he doesn't drink much wine; c'è molto traffico sulle strade, there is a lot of traffic on the roads; fu sprecato molto tempo in inutili discussioni, a great deal of time was wasted in useless arguing; ci vuole molta pazienza con i bambini, you need a lot of (o a good deal of) patience with children; non c'è rimasto molto pane, we haven't got much bread left; quel ragazzo non dedica molto tempo allo studio, that boy doesn't devote much time to studying; non c'era molto tempo per agire, there wasn't much time to act; avete molto tempo libero?, do you get much spare time?; hanno molto denaro, they have plenty of (o lots of) money
    2 (con riferimento all'intensità) great; a lot of: con molto piacere, molta cura, with great pleasure, care; ho appreso con molta gioia la notizia, the news gave me great joy (o I was delighted to hear the news); quell'insperato successo gli diede molta soddisfazione, the unexpected success gave him great satisfaction; le sue dimissioni hanno destato molto scalpore, his resignation caused a great sensation; non hanno dato molta importanza alla cosa, they didn't attach much importance to the matter // avere molta stima di qlcu., to have a high opinion of s.o.; non avere molta stima di qlcu., not to think much of s.o. // c'è molto sole, it's very sunny; c'era molta nebbia, it was very foggy; non c'era molto freddo, it wasn't very cold; lo spettacolo ha avuto molto successo, the show was very successful; dovete fare molta attenzione, you must be very careful; ho molta sete, I'm very thirsty; hanno avuto molto coraggio, they were very brave
    3 (con riferimento alla durata) long: molto tempo, a long time; molto tempo prima, a long time before (o long before); molto tempo dopo, a long time after (o long after); da allora è passato molto tempo, a long time has elapsed since then; ho atteso molto tempo prima che qualcuno venisse ad aprire, I waited a long time before someone came and opened the door; non lo vedo da molto tempo, I haven't seen him for a long time; ti assenterai per molto tempo?, will you be away (for) long?; non ci volle molto tempo per capire cosa stava accadendo, it didn't take us long to realize what was going on // Usato anche in espressioni ellittiche: fra non molto, before long; ho dovuto aspettare molto, I had to wait a long time; ci vuole molto per prepararti?, will it take you long to get ready?; ne avrai per molto?, will you be long?; è uscito da non molto, he left not long ago; non manca molto a Natale, it isn't long to Christmas
    4 (con riferimento all'estensione nello spazio) a long way, far: ho fatto molta strada per arrivare fin qui, I've come a long way to get here; da qui alla stazione la distanza non è molta, it isn't far from here to the station
    5 pl. many (gener. in frasi negative e interrogative); a lot of, a great many, a large number of; plenty of, a good many, lots of (gener. in frasi affermative): ha molti amici, he has a lot of (o a great many o lots of) friends; hai fatto molti errori nel compito, you made a lot of mistakes in the test; c'erano molte persone nella piazza, there were a lot of (o a great many o a large number of) people in the square; molti scienziati sostengono che..., many scientists claim that...; ci sono molti negozi nella zona?, are there many shops in the area?; non ho visto molti film quest'anno, I haven't seen many films this year
    pron.indef.
    1 much (in frasi affermative è gener. sostituito da a lot, a great deal, plenty): io ho poco tempo per leggere, ma tu ne hai molto, I get (very) little time for reading, but you get a lot; molto di quanto ci hanno riferito è falso, much of what they told us is wrong; c'è molto di vero in ciò che ha detto, there is a great deal of (o a lot of) truth in what he said; hanno fatto molto per me, they did a lot for me; non ne so molto, non me ne intendo molto di informatica, I don't know much about computer technology; ''Hai del pane?'' ''Sì, ne ho molto'', ''Have you got any bread?'' ''Yes, I've got plenty''; non c'è molto da dire, there isn't much (o a lot) to be said; ci sarebbe molto da imparare da lui, a lot could be learnt from him; chiedono molto per quella casa?, are they asking much (o a lot) for that house?; non ci voleva molto a capirlo, it didn't take much (o a lot of) understanding // è già molto se..., it's already saying a lot if...; è già molto che io sia arrivato in tempo con tutto quel traffico, it's already saying a lot that I got here on time, with all that traffic // a dir molto, at (the) most (o worst): sarò occupato ancora un paio d'ore, a dir molto, I'll be busy for another couple of hours at (the) most
    2 pl. many, a lot of; (molta gente) many people, a lot of people: Sono quadri bellissimi, ne vendete molti?, They're beautiful pictures. Do you sell a lot of them?; molti di loro hanno preferito prendere l'aereo, many of them preferred to go by air; molti dei turisti erano tedeschi, many of the tourists were German; era stimato da molti, he was respected by many (people); eravate in molti?, were there many of you?; sono partiti in molti, ma non tutti hanno concluso la gara, there were a lot of starters, but not all of them finished the race; ''Sono rimasti molti posti liberi?'' ''No, non (ce ne sono) molti '', ''Are there many seats left?'' ''No, not many''; molti ritengono che..., many people (o a lot of people) think that...
    s.m.: non si accontenta né del poco né del molto, he's never satisfied.
    molto avv.
    1 (davanti ad agg. e avv. di grado positivo e con p.pres. usato come agg.) very; most: una casa molto grande, a very large house; un uomo molto intelligente, a very (o a most) intelligent man; un giornalista molto noto, a (very) well-known journalist; è stato uno spettacolo molto divertente, it was a very (o a most) enjoyable show; ha parlato molto bene, he spoke very well; lo farò molto volentieri, I'll be very glad to do it (o form. I shall do it most willingly); mi alzo molto presto, tardi, I get up very early, late; eravamo molto a disagio, we felt very (o most) uncomfortable; sono constatazioni molto amare, they are very bitter observations; possiamo fare molto poco per lui, we can do very little for him
    2 (con agg. e avv. compar.) much; far: molto più grande, much bigger; molto migliore, much (o far) better; molto meno, più, much less, much more; molto più lentamente, much more slowly; oggi è molto più freddo di ieri, today is much colder than yesterday; è molto più coraggioso di quanto sembri, he is much braver than he seems; si conobbero molto più tardi, they met much later
    3 (con p.pass.) much; greatly, widely: è molto apprezzato dai colleghi, he is much (o greatly) appreciated by his colleagues (o he is very popular with his colleagues); i provvedimenti sono stati molto criticati da tutti, the measures were greatly criticized by all (o were widely criticized); rimasi molto colpito dalla sua bellezza, I was greatly struck by her beauty; il problema ecologico è molto dibattuto, the ecological problem is a much debated one; è molto cambiato, he is much (o greatly) changed // un prodotto molto richiesto, a product in great demand
    4 (con verbi) much (gener. in frasi negative e interr. o preceduto da very o so); a lot (gener. in frasi affermative); (spesso) often: non legge molto, he doesn't read (very) much; mi piace molto questa musica, I like this music very much; ci siamo divertiti molto alla festa, we enjoyed ourselves very much (o we had a wonderful time) at the party; non lo vediamo molto, we don't often see him; Vi ringraziamo molto per..., Thank you very (o so) much for...; non ho apprezzato molto il suo ultimo film, I didn't think much of his last film; viaggiate molto?, do you do much travelling?; non ci vediamo molto in questo periodo, we haven't seen much of each other lately; stanotte non ho dormito molto, I didn't sleep much last night // studiare, lavorare molto, to study, to work hard // né molto né poco, (per nulla) at all: la cosa non mi interessa né molto né poco, it doesn't interest me at all.
    * * *
    ['molto] molto (-a)
    1. avv
    1) a lot, (very) much, a great deal

    ti è piaciuto? — sì, molto — did you like it? — yes, very much

    questo libro è molto meglio dell'altrothis book is a lot o much better than the other one

    2) (con aggettivi, avverbi) very, (con participio passato) (very) much

    molto lodatohighly o (very) much praised

    3)

    (distanza, tempo) c'è ancora molto da camminare — there's still a long way to go

    ci vuole molto? (tempo) will it take long?

    2. agg
    (quantità) a great deal of, a lot of, lots of, much (in domande e con negazioni), (numero) a lot of, lots of, many (in domande e con negazioni)

    molta gente — a lot of people, many people

    molti libri — a lot of books, many books

    non c'è molto pane — there isn't a lot of bread, there isn't (very) much bread

    non ho molto tempoI don't have o haven't got much time

    3. pron
    much, a lot

    molti; molte — many, a lot

    c'è pane? — sì, molto — is there any bread? — yes plenty o lots fam

    molti di noimany of o a lot of us

    * * *
    ['molto] 1.
    aggettivo indefinito

    - e personemany o a lot of people

    - i soldilots o plenty o a great deal of money

    con -a gentilezza, cura — with much o great kindness, care

    ho -a fame, paura — I'm very hungry, scared

    avere -a fortuna — to be very lucky, to have a lot of luck

    molto più, meno denaro — much more, less money

    -e meno persone, -i meno libri — far fewer people, books

    2.

    -i dei luoghi che ho visitato... — many of the places I visited

    vincere, scrivere molto — to win, write a lot

    6) a dir molto at the utmost
    3.

    amare molto qcn. — to love sb. very much

    sto molto bene — I'm really fine, I feel very well

    molto gentilmente, volentieri — very kindly, with much pleasure

    molto prima, dopo — a long time before, after

    molto felice, pulito, famoso — very happy, clean, famous

    * * *
    molto
    /'molto/
    Molto può essere usato come aggettivo, pronome o avverbio. - Come aggettivo e come pronome, si traduce con much davanti o al posto di nomi non numerabili ( molto vino = much wine; molta cura = much care; ne hai mangiato molto? = have you eaten much (of it)?) e many davanti o al posto di sostantivi plurali ( molti nemici = many enemies; molti (di loro) non vivono a Londra = many (of them) don't live in London). Si noti che much e many sono preferibilmente usati in frasi negative e interrogative, mentre in frasi affermative sono spesso sostituiti da a lot (of), lots (of), plenty (of), a good / great deal (of): molte persone = a lot of people; guadagno molto = I earn a lot. - Come avverbio, molto si usa dopo un verbo, e in tal caso si traduce much, very much o a lot ( non bevo mai molto = I never drink much / very much / a lot); quando precede un altro avverbio o un aggettivo, si traduce con very ( molto presto = very soon; molto veloce = very fast), ma se tale avverbio o aggettivo è al comparativo si rende con much ( molto più presto = much sooner; molto più veloce = much faster). - v. anche la nota della voce  alcuno. ⇒ 31
     1 (un gran numero di) - i fiori many flowers; - e persone many o a lot of people; è da -i anni che it's a long time that
     2 (una gran quantità di) - i soldi lots o plenty o a great deal of money; - a gente many people; non rimane più molto pane there isn't much bread left; abbiamo fatto -a strada we've gone very far
     3 (tanto) con -a gentilezza, cura with much o great kindness, care; ho -a fame, paura I'm very hungry, scared; fate -a attenzione be very careful; avere -a fortuna to be very lucky, to have a lot of luck
     4 (in un comparativo) molto più, meno denaro much more, less money; -e meno persone, -i meno libri far fewer people, books; è molto più difficile it's much more difficult
     1 (un gran numero) - i di loro many of them; -i dei luoghi che ho visitato... many of the places I visited...
     2 (tante persone) - i sono pensionati many (of them) are pensioners; - i sono tentati di crederlo many people tend to believe him
     3 (tanto) vincere, scrivere molto to win, write a lot; ho molto da fare I've got a lot of things to do; avete già fatto molto per me you've already done so much for me; non ci vuole molto a capirlo it doesn't take much understanding; molto di quello che dici è vero much of what you say is true; non me ne intendo molto di cinema I don't know much about cinema
     4 (tanto tempo) è da molto che non lo vedo I haven't seen him for a long time o for so long; aspetti da molto? have you been waiting long? non ci vorrà molto a finire it won't take long to finish; fra non molto before long; ho aspettato molto I waited for a long time
     5 (una gran cosa) è già molto se non ci sbatte fuori we'll be lucky if he doesn't throw us out; è già molto che sia venuta it's already saying a lot that she came; è molto per la tua età it's a lot for your age
     6 a dir molto at the utmost
     1 (con un verbo) la ringrazio molto I thank you very much; amare molto qcn. to love sb. very much; va molto a teatro he goes to the theatre a lot; è cambiato molto he has changed a lot; non mi piace molto I don't really like it; mi è piaciuto molto I enjoyed it very much o a great deal
     2 (con un avverbio) very; molto bene very well; sto molto bene I'm really fine, I feel very well; si è comportato molto male he behaved really badly; molto gentilmente, volentieri very kindly, with much pleasure; molto prima, dopo a long time before, after
     3 (con un aggettivo o un participio passato) molto felice, pulito, famoso very happy, clean, famous; è molto amato a scuola he's very much loved at school; molto in anticipo far in advance
     4 (in un comparativo) sta molto meglio he's much better; molto meno much less; lavora molto più velocemente di me he works much faster than me.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > molto

  • 10 बहु _bahu

    बहु a. (
    हु or
    ही f.; compar. भूयस्; super. भूयिष्ठ)
    1 Much, plentiful, abundant, great; तस्मिन् बहु एतदपि Ś.4. 'even this was much for him' (was too much to be expected of him); बहु प्रष्टव्यमत्र Mu.3; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47.
    -2 Many, numerous; as in बह्वक्षर, बहुप्रकार.
    -2 Frequented, repeated.
    -4 Large, great.
    -5 Abounding or rich in (as first member of comp.); बहुकण्टको देशः &c. ind.
    1 Much, abundantly, very much, exceedingly, greatly, in a high degree.
    -2 Somewhat, nearly, almost; as in बहुतृण. (किं बहुन 'why say much', 'in short'; बहु मन् to think or esteem highly, rate high, prize, value; त्वत्संभावितमात्मानं बहु मन्यामहे वयम् Ku.6.2; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7;7. 1; R.12.89; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2. 35; Bk.3.53;5.84;8.12.)
    -Comp. -अक्षर a. having many syllables, polysyllabic (as a word).
    -अच्, -अच्क a. having many vowels, polysyllabic.
    -अनर्थ a. fraught with many evils.
    -अप्, -अप a. watery.
    -अपत्य a.
    1 having a numerous progeny.
    -2 (in astrol.) promising a numerous progeny.
    (-त्यः) 1 a hog.
    -2 a mouse, rat. (
    -त्या) a cow that has often calved.
    -अपाय a. exposed to many risks; स्वगृहो- द्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दुष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभय- कान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.166.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having many senses.
    -2 having many objects.
    -3 important.
    -आशिन् a. voracious, gluttonous, बह्वाशी स्वल्पसन्तुष्टः सुनिद्रो लघुचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षट् शुनो गुणाः ॥ Chāṇakya. -m. N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra.
    -उदकः a kind of mendicant who lives in a strange town and maintains himself with alms got by begging from door to door; cf. कुटीचक.
    -उपयुक्त a. made to serve a manifold purpose; बहूप- युक्ता च बुद्धिः Dk.2.4.
    -उपाय a. effective.
    -ऋच् a. having many verses. (-f.) a term applied to the Ṛigveda.
    -ऋच a. having many verses. (
    -चः) one conversant with the Ṛigveda. (
    -ची) The wife of one who studies the Ṛigveda. Hence ˚ब्राह्मणम् means the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa which belongs to the Ṛigveda; बह्वृचब्राह्मणे श्रूयते ŚB. on MS.6.3.1.
    -एनस् a. very sinful.
    -कर a.
    1 doing much, busy, industrious.
    -2 useful in many ways.
    (-रः) 1 a sweeper, cleaner.
    -2 a camel.
    -3 the sun; बहुकरकृतात् प्रातःसंमार्जनात् N.19.13. (
    -री) a broom.
    -कारम् abundance; बहुकारं च सस्यानाम् Mb.12.193.21.
    -कालम् ind. for a long time.
    -कालीन a. of a long standing, old, ancient.
    -कूर्चः a kind of cocoa-nut tree.
    -क्रमः a Krama of more than three words; cf. क्रम.
    -क्षम a. patient; अतो$त्र किंचिद्भवतीं बहुक्षमां द्विजाति- भावादुपपन्नचापलः Ku.5.4.
    (-मः) 1 a Buddha.
    -2 a Jaina deified saint.
    -क्षारम् Soap; Nigh. Ratn. (
    -रः) a kind of alkali.
    -क्षीरा a cow giving much milk.
    -गन्ध a. strong-scented. (
    -न्धम्) cinnamon.
    -गन्धदा musk.
    -गन्धा 1 the Yūthikā creeper.
    -2 a bud of the Champaka tree.
    -गुण a. having many threads or qualities.
    -गुरुः One who has read much but superficially; sciolist.
    -गोत्रज a. having many blood relations.
    -ग्रन्थिः Tamarix Indica (Mar. वेळु ?).
    -च्छल a. deceitful.
    -छिन्ना a species of Cocculus (Mar. गुळवेल).
    -जनः a great multitude of people. ˚हितम् the common weal.
    -जल्प a. garrulous, talkative, loquacious.
    -ज्ञ a. knowing much, well informed, possessed of great knowledge.
    -तन्त्रीक a. many-stringed (as a musical instrument).
    -तृणम् anything much like grass; (hence) what is unimportant or contemptible; निदर्शनम- साराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; N.22.137.
    -2 abounding in grass.
    -त्वक्कः, -त्वच् m. a kind of birch tree.
    - a. liberal, generous.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 attended with many gifts or donations.
    -2 liberal, munificent.
    -दर्शक, -दर्शिन् a. prudent, circumspect; कृत्येषु वाली मेधावी राजानो बहुदर्शिनः Rām.4.2.23.
    -दायिन् a. liberal, munificent, a liberal donor; Ch. Up.
    -दुग्ध a. yielding much milk. (
    -ग्धः) wheat. (
    -ग्धा) a cow yielding much milk.
    -दृश्वन् a. greatly experienced, a great observer.
    -दृष्ट a. very experienced.
    -दोष a.
    1 having many faults or defects, very wicked or sinful.
    -2 full of crimes of dangers; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58.
    -दोहना yielding much milk.
    -धन a. very rich, wealthy.
    -धारम् 1 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -2 a diamond.
    -धेनुकम् a great number of milch-cows.
    -नाडिकः the body.
    -नाडीकः 1 day.
    -2 pillar; L. D. B.
    -नादः a conch-shell.
    -पत्नीकता polygamy.
    -पत्रः an onion. (
    -त्रम्) talc. (
    -त्री) the holy basil.
    -पद्, -पाद्, -पाद m. the fig-tree.
    -पुष्पः 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Nimba tree.
    -पर्वन् m. (see -ग्रन्थिः).
    -प्रकार a. of many kinds, various, manifold. (
    -रम्) ind. in many ways, manifoldly.
    -प्रकृति a. consisting of many pri- mary parts or verbal elements (as a compound).
    -प्रज a. having many children, prolific.
    (-जः) 1 a hog.
    -2 the munja grass.
    -प्रज्ञ a. very wise.
    -प्रतिज्ञ a.
    1 comprising many statements or assertions, compli- cated.
    -2 (in law) involving many counts, as a plaint; बहुप्रतिज्ञं यत् कार्यं व्यवहारेषु निश्चितम् । कामं तदपि गृह्णीयाद् राजा तत्त्वबुभुत्सया Mitā.
    -प्रत्यर्थिक a. having many opponents.
    -प्रत्यवाय a. connected with many difficul- ties.
    -प्रद a. exceedingly liberal, a munificent donor.
    -प्रपञ्च a. very diffuse or prolix.
    -प्रसूः the mother of many children.
    -प्रेयसी a. having many loved ones.
    -फल a. rich in fruits. (
    -लः) the Kadamba tree. (
    -ली) the opposite-leaved fig-tree.
    -बलः a lion.
    -बीजम् the fruit of Anona Reticulata (Mar. सीताफल). (
    -जा) a kind of Musa (Mar. रानकेळ).
    -बोलक a. a great talker; Buddh.
    -भाग्य a. very lucky or fortunate.
    -भाषिन् a. garrulous, talkative.
    -भाष्यम् talkativeness, garrulity; उत्थानेन जयेत्तन्द्री वितर्कं निश्चयाज्जयेत् । मौनेन बहुभाष्यं च शौर्येण च भयं त्यजेत् ॥ Mb.12.274.11.
    -भुजा an epithet of Durgā.
    -भूमिक a. having many floors or stories.
    -भोग्या a prostitute.
    -भोजिन् a. voracious.
    -मञ्जरी the holy basil.
    -मत a.
    1 highly esteemed or prized, valued, respected; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2.35.
    -2 having many different opinions.
    -मतिः f. great value or estimation; कान्तानां बहुमतिमाययुः पयोदाः Ki.7. 15.
    -मध्यग a. belonging to many; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199.
    -मलम् lead.
    -मानः great respect or regard, high esteem; पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9; वर्तमानकवेः कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1; V.1.2; Ku.5.31. (
    -नम्) a gift given by a superior to an inferior.
    -मान्य a. respectable, esteem- able; Kull. on Ms.2.117.
    -माय a. artful, deceitful. treacherous; परदेशभयाद्भीता बहुमाया नपुंसकाः । स्वदेशे निधनं यान्ति Pt.1.321.
    -मार्गः a place where many roads meet.
    -मार्गगा 1 N. of the river Ganges; तद्युक्तं बहुमार्गगां मम पुरो निर्लज्ज वोढुस्तव Ratn.1.3.
    -2 a wanton or un- chaste woman.
    -मार्गी a place where several roads meet.
    -मुख a.
    1 much, excessive; अस्या भर्तुर्बहुमुखमनुरागम् Ś.6.
    -2 Speaking variously.
    -मूत्र a. suffering from diabetes.
    -मूर्ति a. multiform, variously shaped. (
    -र्तिः f.) the wild cotton-shrub.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -मूला Asparagus Racemosus (शतावरी).
    -मूल्य a. costly, high-priced. (
    -ल्यम्) a large sum of money, heavy or costly price.
    -मृग a. abounding in deer.
    -रजस् a. very dusty.
    -रत्न a. rich in jewels.
    -रस a. juicy, succulent. (
    -सः) sugar-cane.
    -राशि a. (in arith.) consisting of many terms. (
    -शिः) m. a series of many terms.
    -रूप a.
    1 many-formed, multiform, manifold.
    -2 variegated, spotted, chequered; वैश्वदेवं बहुरूपं हि राजन् Mb.14.1.3.
    (-पः) 1 a lizard, chameleon.
    -2 hair.
    -3 the sun.
    -4 N. of Śiva.
    -5 of Viṣṇu.
    -6 of Brahmā.
    -7 of the god of love.
    -रूपक a. multiform, manifold.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Brahmā.
    -रोमन् a. hairy. shaggy. (-m.) a sheep.
    -लवणम् a soil impregnated with salt.
    -वचनम् the plural number (in gram.); द्व्यैकयोर्द्विवचनैकवचने, बहुषु बहुवचनम्.
    -वर्ण a. many-coloured.
    -वादिन् a. garrulous.
    -वारम् ind. many times, often.
    -वारः, -वारकः Cordia Myxa (Mar. भोकर).
    -वार्षिक a. lasting for many years.
    -विक्रम a. very powerful, heroic, a great warrior.
    -विघ्न a. presenting many difficulties, attended with many dangers.
    -विध a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse.
    -वी(बी)जम् the custard apple.
    -वीर्य a. very powerful or efficacious. (
    -र्यः) N. of various plants (such as Terminalia Bel- lerica, Mar. बेहडा).
    -व्ययिन् a. lavish, prodigal, spendthrift.
    -व्यापिन् a. far-spreading, wide.
    -व्रीहि a. possessing much rice; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. (where it is also the name of the compound). (
    -हिः) one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit. In it, two or more nouns in apposition to each other are compouded, the attributive member (whether a noun or an adjective) being placed first, and made to qualify another substantive, and neither of the two members separately, but the sense of the whole compound, qualifies that substantive; cf. अन्य- पदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः. This compound is adjectival in character, but there are several instances of Bahuvrīhi compounds which have come to be regarded and used as nouns (their application being restricted by usage to particular individuals); i. e. चक्रपाणि, शशिशेखर, पीताम्बर, चतुर्मुख, त्रिनेत्र, कुसुमशर &c.
    -शत्रुः a sparrow.
    -शल्यः a species of Khadira.
    -शस्त a. very good, right or happy.
    -शाख a. having many branches or ramifica- tions.
    -शिख a. having many points.
    -शृङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well-informed, very learned तस्मिन् पुरवरे हृष्टा धर्मात्मानो बहुश्रुताः Rām. H.1.1; Pt.2. 1; R.15.36.
    -2 well-versed in the Vedas; गुरुं वा बाल- वृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिनमायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35. (
    -तिः) the occurrence of the plural in a text.
    -संख्याक a. numerous.
    -सत्त्व a. abounding in animals.
    -संतति a. having a numerous progeny. (
    -तिः) a kind of bamboo.
    -सार a. possessed of great pith or essence, substantial. (
    -रः) the Khadira tree.
    -साहस्र a. amounting to many thousands.
    -सूः 1 a mother of many children.
    -2 a cow.
    -सूतिः f.
    1 a mother of many children.
    -2 a cow that often calves.
    -स्वन a. vociferous. (
    -नः) an owl.
    -स्वामिक a. owned by many.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > बहु _bahu

  • 11 महत् _mahat

    महत् a. [मह्-अति] (compar. महीयस्; superl. महिष्ठ; nom. महान्, महान्तौ, महान्तः; acc. pl. महतः)
    1 Great, big, large, huge, vast; महान् सिंहः, व्याघ्रः &c.
    -2 Ample, copious, abundant, many, numerous; महाजनः, महान् द्रव्यराशिः.
    -3 Long, extended, extensive; महान्तौ बाहू यस्य स महाबाहुः; so महती कथा, महानध्वा.
    -4 Strong, powerful, mighty; as महान् वीरः.
    -5 Violent, intense, excessive; महती शिरोवेदना, महती पिपासा.
    -6 Gross, thick, dense; महानन्धकारः.
    -7 Important, weighty, mo- mentous; महत्कार्यमुपस्थितम्, महती वार्ता.
    -8 High, lofty, eminent, distinguished, noble; महत्कुलम्, महाञ् जनः.
    -9 Loud; महान् घोषः-ध्वनिः.
    -1 Early or late; महति प्रत्यूषे 'early in the morning'; महत्यपराह्णे 'late in the afternoon'.
    -11 High; महार्घ्र. -m.
    1 A camel.
    -2 An epithet of Śiva.
    -3 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The great principle, the intellect (distinguished from मनस्), the second of the twenty-five elements or tattvas recognized by the Sāṅkhyas; Ms.1.15;12.14; महदाद्याः प्रकृतिविकृतयः सप्त Sāṅ. K.3,8,22 &c.
    -4 The superior of a monastery. -n.
    1 Greatness, infiniteness, numerousness.
    -2 King- dom, dominion; 'महद्राज्यविशालयोः' Viśva; इन्द्रियाणि महत्प्रेप्सुः Mb.5.129.26.
    -3 Sacred knoweldge.
    -4 The Supreme Being (परमात्मा); बुद्धेः परतरं ज्ञानं ज्ञानात् परतरं महत् Mb.12.24.1. -ind. Greatly, excessively, very much, exceedingly; त्रैलोक्योद्वेगदं महत् Rām.6.111.48. (Note: महत् as the first member of a Tatpuruṣa compound and a few other cases, remains unchanged, while in Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi comp. it is changed to महा q. v.)
    -Comp. -आयुधम् a great weapon; नाना- विधमहदायुधनैपुण्य...... Dk.1.1.
    -आवासः a spacious or large building.
    -आशा a high hope; महदाशापूर्णमानसः Dk.1.3.
    -आश्चर्य a. very wonderful.
    -आश्रयः depen- dence on or seeking protection with the great.
    -उन्मदः a kind of fish; L. D. B.
    -औषधिः f. a herb of wonder- ful power. On the Himālaya there are trees of the Devadāru family which have got resinous stems. These stems burn like oil-lamps. These sticks of pinewood, therefore, are the natural lamps of the Himālaya. cf. सरलासक्तमातङ्गग्रैवेयस्फुरितत्विषः । आसन्नोषधयो नेतुर्नक्तमस्नेहदीपिकाः ॥ R.4.75; ज्वलितमहौषधिदीपिकासनाथाम् R.9.7.
    -कथ a. talked of or mentioned by the great, in great men's mouths.
    -कार्तिकी full moon of Kārtika combined with the asterism Rohiṇī; L. D. B.
    -कुलम् a noble family.
    -कूपः a deep well.
    -क्षेत्र a. occupying a wide territory.
    -गदः fever.
    -जवः 1 Bos gavaeus.
    -2 a kind of antelope; L. D. B.
    -ज्यैष्ठी f. full-moon of ज्येष्ठ under certain combinations.
    -गुण a. having the qualities of the great.
    -तत्त्वम् the second of the 25 principles of the Sāṅkhyas.
    -दोष a. highly criminal; महादोषमबुद्ध- बोधनम् Kau. A.1.17.
    -द्वन्द्वः 1 loud uproar.
    -2 martial band of music; L. D. B.
    -फलः the Bilva tree; L. D. B.
    -बिलम् the atmosphere.
    -भद्रा the river Gaṅgā; L. D. B.
    -भीष्मः N. of Śantanu; L. D. B.
    -मण्डूकः a kind of yellow frog; L. D. B.
    -व्यतिक्रमः a great transgression.
    -सिंहः the lion of Durgā; L. D. B.
    -सिद्धिनिलयः a mosque (the word is used by परमानन्द in Śivabhārata 18.52).
    -सेवा service of the great.
    -स्थानम् a high place, lofty station.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महत् _mahat

  • 12 tanto

    1. adj so much
    tanti pl so many
    tanti saluti best wishes
    tante grazie thank you so much, many thanks
    2. pron much
    tanti pl many
    3. adv ( così) so
    con verbi so much
    di tanto in tanto from time to time
    tanto quanto as much as
    è da tanto ( tempo) che non lo vedo I haven't seen him for a long time
    tanto per cambiare for a change
    * * *
    tanto agg.indef.
    1 ( così grande, tale) so much; such; pl. so many: a che serve tanta carta?, what's the use of so much paper?; te l'ho detto tante volte!, I've told you so many times!; ha tanto lavoro da non avere mai un momento di riposo, he has so much work that he never gets a minute's peace; c'era ( così) tanta gente che non si poteva entrare, there were so many people that you couldn't get in; hanno tanto denaro da potersi concedere ogni lusso, they have so much money that they can afford any luxury they want; ho tanti libri che non so dove metterli, I have so many books that I don't know where to put them; non so come tu possa leggere in mezzo a tanto rumore, I don't know how you can read with so much noise; si commosse di fronte a tanta manifestazione d'affetto, he was touched by such a show of affection // ha ancora tanta strada da fare!, he still has a long way to go! // è passato tanto tempo!, it was so long ago! // tanto ospite va trattato con i guanti, such a guest must be treated with kid gloves
    2 ( molto) much; pl. many (gener. in frasi negative o interrogative); a lot of, lots of, a great (o a good) deal of, a great (o a large) quantity of, plenty of: non abbiamo tanto tempo da perdere, we haven't got much time to spare; con lui ci vuole tanta pazienza, you need a lot of (o a good deal of) patience with him (o you must be very patient with him); trenta sigarette al giorno sono tante, thirty cigarettes a day are a lot; ha tanti meriti, he has plenty of good points // c'è ancora tanta strada?, is it still a long way? // tante grazie!, many thanks (o thanks a lot)! // tanti saluti, my best regards ∙ Per ulteriori esempi molto agg.indef.
    3 ( in espressioni ellittiche): è tanto che non lo vedo, I haven't seen him for a long time; c'è tanto di qui alla stazione?, is it far from here to the station?; ho speso tanto, I spent a lot; ne guadagna tanti, he earns so much money; non ci vuole tanto a capirlo, it doesn't take much to understand it; giungere a tanto, to go so far; non lo credevo da tanto, I didn't think he was so clever // gliene ha dette tante ( ma tante)!, he gave him a right (o such a) dressing-down!
    4 (in frasi comparative e nei compar. di uguaglianza, spesso in corr. con quanto) as much; pl. as many; ( in frasi negative) as (o so) much; pl. as (o so) many: ho tanto denaro quanto lui, I have as much money as he has; non ho tanto lavoro quanto ne hai tu, I haven't got so (o as) much work to do as you; a noi spettano tanti giorni di ferie quanti ( ne spettano) a loro, we get as many days off as they do; non ci sono tanti turisti quanti ( ce n'erano) lo scorso anno, there aren't as (o so) many tourists as there were last year; occorrono tanti moduli quanti sono i candidati, as many forms are needed as the number of candidates // quanti più sono i concorrenti tante meno saranno le probabilità di vincere, the more the competitors the less chance there'll be of winning
    5 ( con valore di altrettanto): si comportano come tanti scolaretti, they behave like so many schoolchildren; tante parole tanti errori, there are as many mistakes as (there are) words; tanti soldi guadagna, tanti ne spende, he spends as much as he earns
    6 ogni tanti, ogni tante, every so many: ogni tante settimane, every so many weeks; ogni tanti chilometri occorre cambiare l'olio al motore, the engine needs an oil change every so many kilometres.
    tanto avv.
    1 ( così, talmente) (con agg. e avv.) so: è tanto gentile!, he's so kind!; stavamo tanto bene!, we were so well off!; andava tanto forte!, he was driving so fast!; è tanto pallido che sembra malato, he's so pale that he looks ill; non è tanto sciocco da non capirlo!, he isn't so stupid as not to understand it!
    2 ( con verbi) such a lot; so (much): perché ti preoccupi tanto?, why do you worry so much?; ha fatto tanto per lui!, he's done so much (o such a lot) for him!; ha tanto sofferto!, he's suffered so much!; ci siamo dati tanto da fare per niente, we went to (such) a lot of trouble for nothing; non pensavo che si sarebbe offeso tanto, I didn't think he would be so offended; lavora tanto da non potersi permettere un giorno di riposo, he has so much work (to do) that he can't afford to have a day off // alto tanto, lungo tanto, ( accompagnato col gesto) as high as this, as long as this
    3 (in frasi comparative, in corr. con quanto) (con agg. e avv.) as; ( in frasi negative) so (o as); ( con verbi) as much; ( in frasi negative) so (o as) much: è tanto gentile quanto sua sorella, he is as kind as his sister; non è tanto famoso quanto suo padre, he isn't so (o as) famous as his father; non è tanto onesto quanto sembra, he isn't as honest as he looks; studia tanto volentieri l'inglese quanto la matematica, he enjoys studying English as much as (he does) maths; la mia macchina non va tanto forte quanto la tua, my car isn't as fast as yours; lavora tanto quanto i suoi collaboratori, he works as hard as his assistants; non studia (tanto) quanto dovrebbe, he doesn't study as hard as he should; l'ho fatto non tanto per lui quanto per suo padre, I didn't do it so much for him as for his father // quanto più... tanto più, tanto meno più avv. nel sign. 3 // tanto... quanto, tanto... che, tanto... come, (sia... sia) both... and: tanto io quanto mio fratello, both my brother and I; vorrei vendere tanto questa casa come quella di campagna, I would like to sell both this house and the one in the country; tanto lui che suo padre lavorano nella stessa ditta, both he and his father work for the same firm
    4 ( molto) (con agg. e avv.) so; ( con verbi) so (very) much: gli era tanto affezionata, she was so fond of him; mi ha risposto tanto gentilmente, he answered me so kindly; l'ho cercato tanto, I searched so hard for it; sono tanto stanco, I'm so (very) tired // scusami tanto, so sorry // vorrei tanto venire anch'io, I wish I could come too (o I'd love to come too) ∙ In questo significato cfr. anche molto avv.
    5 ( con valore temporale) (for) a long time; (for) long; so long: ti ho aspettato tanto, I waited for you (for) a long time; non starò via tanto, I won't be away (so) long; starai fuori tanto?, will you be out long? // ci fermeremo un paio di giorni, a dir tanto, we'll stay a couple of days at the most // ogni tanto, di tanto in tanto, every now and then (o from time to time): viene a trovarci di tanto in tanto, he comes to see us every now and then (o from time to time o occasionally) // una volta ogni tanto, once in a while (o once in a blue moon)
    6 ( con valore moltiplicativo) as much: due, tre volte tanto, two, three times as much
    7 ( soltanto) just: tanto per cambiare, just for a change; l'ho fatto tanto per accontentarlo, I did it just to please him // ( per) una volta tanto, just once in a while
    8 ( comunque) in any case: non prendertela, tanto le cose non cambiano, don't get upset, it won't change anything in any case.
    ◆ FRASEOLOGIA: tanto meglio, tanto peggio, so much the better, the worse // tanto meno, even less (o least of all): nessuno dovrebbe lamentarsi, tanto meno lui, no one has any cause to complain, least of all him; se tu non vai, tanto meno andrò io, if you don't go, neither will I // tanto più che..., all the more that... // tant'è, tanto vale, varrebbe che..., one might as well...: lo devi fare, tanto vale che tu lo faccia subito, you have to do it, so you might as well do it at once; tanto varrebbe che andassi, I might as well go; tanto valeva che andassi, I might just as well have gone // né tanto né quanto, ( affatto) at all: non m'interessa né tanto né quanto, I'm not at all interested // se fa tanto di negare..., if he so much as dares to deny it...; se faccio tanto di voltare lo sguardo..., if I so much as look the other way... // tanto che finché.
    tanto pron.indef.
    1 (molto, parecchio) molto
    2 (in frasi comparative, in corr. con quanto) as much; pl. as many; ( in frasi negative) as (o so) much; as (o so) many: comprane tanto quanto basta, buy as much as is necessary; prendine pure tanti quanti te ne occorrono, take as many as you need; ho tanti libri ma non tanti quanti ne hai tu, I have a lot of books, but not as (o so) many as you have
    3 ( con riferimento a una quantità indeterminata) so much: spendiamo in tutto 500 euro al mese, tanto per l'affitto, tanto per il riscaldamento, we spend 500 euros a month in all, so much on rent and so much on heating; ti dò 600 euro, tanti per..., tanti per..., I'll give you 600 euros, so much for... and so much for... // l'ho pagato settanta euro e tanti, I paid seventy euros odd for it // nell'anno 1400 e tanti, in 1400 or thereabouts // se tanto mi dà tanto, (fig.) this is the result
    pron.dimostr. ( ciò) that: questo è ciò che avevo da dirti, e tanto basta, this is what I had to tell you, and that's that // tanto di guadagnato, ( meglio così) so much the better
    s.m.invar.
    1 ( quantitativo) so much: ne vorrei tanto così, ( accompagnato col gesto) I would like so much; è più alto di tanto così, he's so much taller; la gonna andrebbe accorciata di tanto ( così), the skirt needs shortening so much // con tanto di pelliccia di visone, complete with mink coat; con tanto di naso, absolutely flabbergasted; guardare (qlco.) con tanto d'occhi, to look wide-eyed (at sthg.)
    2 un tanto, so much: un tanto al mese, so much a month; costa un tanto al chilo, it costs so much per kilo; un tanto per cento sulle vendite, so much per cent on the proceeds of sales; un tanto al pezzo, so much an item; mi hanno promesso un tanto per il mio lavoro, I was promised a certain sum of money for my work // guadagna quel tanto che basta per vivere, he earns just enough to make ends meet.
    * * *
    ['tanto] tanto (-a)
    1. agg indef
    1) (molto: quantità) a lot of, much, (numero) a lot of, many, (così tanto: quantità) so much, such a lot of, (numero) so many, such a lot of

    ogni tanti chilometri/giorni — every so many kilometres/days

    tante persone, tante opinioni diverse — there are as many different opinions as there are people

    c'è ancora tanta strada da fare! — there's still a long way to go!

    tante volte — so many times, so often

    ho aspettato per tanto tempoI waited so long o for such a long time

    3)

    tanto... quanto... — (quantità) as much... as..., (numero) as many... as...

    ho tanta pazienza quanta ne hai tu — I am as patient as you are, I have as much patience as you (have)

    ha tanti amici quanti nemici — he has as many friends as he has enemies

    ho tanti libri quanti ne ha lui — I have as many books as him o as he has

    2. pron indef
    1) (molto) much, a lot, (così tanto) so much, such a lot

    (plurale) tanti(e) — (molti) many, a lot, (così tanti) so many, such a lot

    è una ragazza come tante — she's like any other girl

    è solo uno dei tanti che... — he's just one of the many who...

    credevo ce ne fosse tanto — I thought there was (such) a lot, I thought there was plenty

    se cerchi un bicchiere, lassù ce ne sono tanti — if you are looking for a glass there are a lot o lots up there

    2)

    tempo? ne ho tanto quanto basta — time? I have as much as I need

    3)

    (con valore indeterminato) riceve un tanto al mese — he receives so much a month

    costa un tanto al metro — it costs so much per o a metre

    della somma che ho a disposizione tanto andrà per il vitto, tanto per l'alloggio — of the money I've got so much will go on food and so much on accommodation

    4)

    (fraseologia) me ne ha dette tante! — he gave me a real mouthful!

    di tanto in tanto — every so often, (every) now and again

    tanto di guadagnato! — so much the better!

    tanto meglio così! — so much the better!

    se tanto mi dà tanto — oh well, if that's the case...

    ogni tanto — every so often, (every) now and then

    tanto vale che... — you may o might as well...

    3. avv
    1) (così, in questo modo: con verbo) so much, such a lot, (con avverbio, aggettivo) so, (così a lungo) so long

    tanto... che... — so... (that)...

    è tanto bello che sembra finto — it's so beautiful (that) it seems unreal

    tanto... da... — so... as...

    saresti tanto gentile da prendermi una tazza? — would you be so kind as to get me a cup?

    è stato tanto idiota da crederci — he was stupid enough to believe it

    2)

    (nei comparativi) tanto... quanto... — as... as...

    è tanto gentile quanto discreto — he is as kind as he is discreet

    non è poi tanto difficile quanto sembra — it is not as difficult as it seems after all

    mi piace non tanto per l'aspetto quanto per il suo carattere — I like her not so much for her looks as for her personality

    conosco tanto Carlo quanto suo padre — I know both Carlo and his father

    3) (molto) very

    un'ora a dir tanto — an hour at the most

    non ci vuole tanto a capirlo — it doesn't take much to understand it

    l'ho visto tanto giùhe seemed o looked very down to me

    scusami tanto — I'm very sorry, do excuse me

    sono tanto tanto contento di vederti — I'm so very happy to see you

    4) (a lungo) (for) long
    5) (solamente) just

    una volta tanto — just for once

    6)

    (con valore moltiplicativo) due volte tanto — twice as much

    tre volte tanto — three times as much

    7)

    tanto più insisti tanto più non mollerà — the more you insist the more stubborn he'll be

    tanto più lo vedo tanto meno mi piace — the more I see him the less I like him

    4. cong

    lo farò, tanto non mi costa niente — I'll do it, after all it won't cost me anything

    fanne a meno, tanto a me non importa — do without then, I don't care

    * * *
    ['tanto] 1.
    aggettivo indefinito
    1) (un gran numero di) many, a lot of

    - i libria lot of o a large number of o many books

    avere -i soldito have lots o plenty of o a great deal of money

    3) (molto, intenso)

    con -a cura, pazienza — with much o great care, patience

    ho -a fame, paura — I'm very hungry, scared

    -e teste, -e opinioni — there are as many opinions as there are people

    2.
    1) (grande quantità, molto) much, a lot

    10.000 euro sono -i — 10,000 euros is a lot of money

    9) tanto... quanto
    10) a dir tanto at the outmost

    prenderà la sufficienza, a dir tanto — he'll get a pass, if he's lucky

    3.

    lavorare, parlare tanto — to work, talk much o a lot

    tanto amato, chiacchierato — much-loved, much-talked about

    tanto atteso — long awaited, longed-for

    5)

    ogni tanto di tanto in tanto from time to time, every now and again; vedere qcn. di tanto in tanto — to see sb. occasionally o on and off

    6) (altrettanto) as much

    due, tre volte tanto — twice, three times as much

    ho pagato tanto quanto lei — I paid as much as she did; (sia... sia)

    8) tanto... che, tanto... da
    9) quanto più... tanto più

    quanto più si invecchia, tanto più si diventa saggi — the older you grow, the wiser you get

    10) tanto più... tanto meno

    tanto più lo conosco, tanto meno lo capisco — the more I know him, the less I understand him

    non l'ho mai visto, né tanto meno gli ho parlato — I've never seen him, much less spoken to him

    nessuno può andarsene, tanto meno lui — nobody can leave, least of all him

    tanto per cominciare — to begin with, for a start

    tanto per parlare o per dire just to say something; tanto per sapere, l'hai fatto veramente? — just for the record, did you really do it?

    13) tanto vale just as well

    tanto vale dire che... — you might just as well say that

    4.
    sostantivo maschile invariabile

    essere pagato un tanto a pagina, al mese — to be paid so much a page, a month

    5.

    prendilo pure, tanto non mi serve — take it, I don't need it

    è inutile, tanto non sta a sentire! — it's no use, he won't listen!

    ••

    quel tanto che basta per... — enough to...

    se tanto mi dà tanto... — if this is the result..., if that's what I get...

    tanto più che... — all the more so because

    tanto ha detto e tanto ha fatto che... — he insisted o pestered so much that...

    una volta tantojust for once o once and for all

    ••
    Note:
    Tanto può essere principalmente usato come aggettivo, pronome o avverbio. - Come aggettivo e come pronome, si traduce con much davanti o al posto di nomi non numerabili ( tanto vino = much wine; tanto denaro = much money; ne hai bevuto tanto? = have you drunk much (of it)?) e many davanti o al posto di sostantivi plurali ( tanti nemici = many enemies; ce ne sono tanti = there are many (of them)). Si noti che much e many sono preferibilmente usati in frasi negative e interrogative, mentre in frasi affermative sono spesso sostituiti da a lot (of), lots (of) (d'uso colloquiale, davanti a nomi numerabili plurali), plenty (of), a great deal (of): tante persone = a lot of people; guadagno tanto = I earn a lot. - Come avverbio, tanto si usa dopo un verbo, e in tal caso si traduce very much o a lot in frase affermativa e much in frase negativa e interrogativa (spero tanto che... = I hope very much that...; ho studiato tanto = I studied a lot; non bevo mai tanto = I never drink much; ha bevuto tanto? = did he drink much?); quando precede un altro avverbio o un aggettivo, si traduce con so o such (è tanto veloce che... = he is so fast that...; è una studentessa tanto intelligente! = she's such an intelligent student!), ma se tale avverbio o aggettivo è al comparativo, tanto si rende con much ( tanto più presto = much sooner; tanto più veloce = much faster). - Per gli altri usi di tanto e gli esempi relativi, si veda la voce qui sotto
    * * *
    tanto
    /'tanto/
    Tanto può essere principalmente usato come aggettivo, pronome o avverbio. - Come aggettivo e come pronome, si traduce con much davanti o al posto di nomi non numerabili ( tanto vino = much wine; tanto denaro = much money; ne hai bevuto tanto? = have you drunk much (of it)?) e many davanti o al posto di sostantivi plurali ( tanti nemici = many enemies; ce ne sono tanti = there are many (of them)). Si noti che much e many sono preferibilmente usati in frasi negative e interrogative, mentre in frasi affermative sono spesso sostituiti da a lot (of), lots (of) (d'uso colloquiale, davanti a nomi numerabili plurali), plenty (of), a great deal (of): tante persone = a lot of people; guadagno tanto = I earn a lot. - Come avverbio, tanto si usa dopo un verbo, e in tal caso si traduce very much o a lot in frase affermativa e much in frase negativa e interrogativa (spero tanto che... = I hope very much that...; ho studiato tanto = I studied a lot; non bevo mai tanto = I never drink much; ha bevuto tanto? = did he drink much?); quando precede un altro avverbio o un aggettivo, si traduce con so o such (è tanto veloce che... = he is so fast that...; è una studentessa tanto intelligente! = she's such an intelligent student!), ma se tale avverbio o aggettivo è al comparativo, tanto si rende con much ( tanto più presto = much sooner; tanto più veloce = much faster). - Per gli altri usi di tanto e gli esempi relativi, si veda la voce qui sotto. ⇒ 31
     1 (un gran numero di) many, a lot of; - e volte many times; - i libri a lot of o a large number of o many books; - i anni fa many years ago
     2 (una gran quantità di) avere -i soldi to have lots o plenty of o a great deal of money; non ho -i soldi I don't have much money; c'è ancora tanto tempo there's still plenty of time; tanto tempo fa a long time ago; fare -a strada to go a long way; -e grazie! thank you very much! - i saluti best regards
     3 (molto, intenso) con -a cura, pazienza with much o great care, patience; ho -a fame, paura I'm very hungry, scared; la tua visita mi ha fatto tanto piacere your visit really pleased me
     4 (con valore consecutivo) c'era (così) tanto traffico che sono arrivato in ritardo there was so much traffic (that) I arrived late
     5 (in comparativi di uguaglianza) non ho tanto denaro quanto te I haven't got as much money as you (have)
     6 (tot) ogni -i anni every so many years
     7 (altrettanto) -e teste, -e opinioni there are as many opinions as there are people
     1 (grande quantità, molto) much, a lot; ho tanto da fare I've got a lot of things to do; ha ancora tanto da imparare he still has a lot to learn; non ci vuole tanto a capirlo it doesn't take much understanding; mi ha insegnato tanto! he taught me so much o so many things! 10.000 euro sono -i 10,000 euros is a lot of money
     2 (gran numero) - i dei luoghi che abbiamo visitato many of the places we visited
     3 (molte persone) - i (di loro) sono pensionati many (of them) are pensioners; siamo in -i there are many of us
     4 (quantità specifica) è tanto così più alto di te he's this much taller than you
     5 (molto tempo) è tanto che aspetti? have you been waiting long? non ci metterò tanto I won't be long; è da tanto che non ci vediamo it's been so long since we last met
     6 (molta distanza) non c'è tanto da qui alla stazione it's not very far from here to the station
     7 (una gran cosa) è già tanto se non ci sbatte fuori we'll be lucky if he doesn't throw us out; è già tanto che sia venuta it's already saying a lot that she came
     9 tanto... quanto lo dico non tanto per me quanto per te I'm not saying it for my benefit but for yours
     10 a dir tanto at the outmost; prenderà la sufficienza, a dir tanto he'll get a pass, if he's lucky; a dir tanto ci vorranno ancora due ore it will take another two hours at the outmost
     1 (con un verbo) lavorare, parlare tanto to work, talk much o a lot; l'Austria non mi attira tanto Austria doesn't really appeal me; perché te la prendi tanto? why do you care so much? senza pensarci tanto without thinking so much about it
     2 (con un avverbio) sto tanto bene qui I feel so good in here; tanto lontano da qui so far away from here; tanto rapidamente very quickly; così tanto so much
     3 (con un aggettivo) tanto amato, chiacchierato much-loved, much-talked about; tanto atteso long awaited, longed-for; si crede tanto furbo he thinks he's so smart; una cosa tanto bella such a beautiful thing; è davvero tanto importante? does it really matter?
     4 (con comparativi) è tanto più alta di lui she's much taller than him
     5 ogni tanto, di tanto in tanto from time to time, every now and again; vedere qcn. di tanto in tanto to see sb. occasionally o on and off
     6 (altrettanto) as much; due, tre volte tanto twice, three times as much; cento volte tanto a hundredfold
     7 tanto... quanto (in proposizione comparativa) è tanto bello quanto interessante it's as beautiful as interesting; ho pagato tanto quanto lei I paid as much as she did; (sia... sia) l'ho spiegato tanto a lei quanto a lui I explained it both to her and to him
     8 tanto... che, tanto... da ha mangiato tanto da sentirsi male he ate so much that he felt sick; essere tanto fortunato da fare to be lucky enough to do
     9 quanto più... tanto più quanto più si invecchia, tanto più si diventa saggi the older you grow, the wiser you get
     10 tanto più... tanto meno tanto più lo conosco, tanto meno lo capisco the more I know him, the less I understand him
     11 tanto meno non l'ho mai visto, né tanto meno gli ho parlato I've never seen him, much less spoken to him; nessuno può andarsene, tanto meno lui nobody can leave, least of all him
     12 tanto per tanto per cambiare for a change; tanto per cominciare to begin with, for a start; tanto per parlare o per dire just to say something; tanto per sapere, l'hai fatto veramente? just for the record, did you really do it?
     13 tanto vale just as well; tanto valeva che glielo chiedessi it would be just as well as you asked him o you might as well had asked him; tanto vale dire che... you might just as well say that...
    IV m.inv.
     1 (tot) essere pagato un tanto a pagina, al mese to be paid so much a page, a month; un tanto alla o per volta so much at the time
     prendilo pure, tanto non mi serve take it, I don't need it; tanto è lo stesso it makes no difference; è inutile, tanto non sta a sentire! it's no use, he won't listen!
    tanto peggio! (so) much the worse! too bad! tanto meglio (così) (so) much the better; tanto meglio per te good for you; tanto di guadagnato all the better; non lo credevo capace di tanto I didn't think he would go that far; non sono mai arrivato a tanto I've never done such things; tanto (mi) basta! it's enough (for me)! né tanto né poco not at all; quel tanto che basta per... enough to...; se tanto mi dà tanto... if this is the result..., if that's what I get...; non farla tanto lunga! don't act it out! tanto più che... all the more so because; tanto ha detto e tanto ha fatto che... he insisted o pestered so much that...; una volta tanto just for once o once and for all.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > tanto

  • 13 moltus

    multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
    I.
    Posit.
    A.
    In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):

    multi fortissimi viri,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:

    rationes,

    id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:

    beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:

    multae et magnae contentiones,

    many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:

    O multas et graves offensiones,

    id. Att. 11, 7, 3:

    multi et graves dolores,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:

    multi et varii timores,

    Liv. 3, 16, 3:

    multae bonaeque artes animi,

    Sall. J. 28, 5:

    multa et clara facinora,

    Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:

    multi improbi,

    Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:

    multi boni, docti, prudentes,

    id. Fl. 4, 8:

    multi nobiles,

    id. Planc. 20, 50:

    multa acerba habuit ille annus,

    id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:

    multa infanda,

    Liv. 28, 12, 5:

    multa falsa,

    id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:

    multa secunda proelia,

    victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:

    multa libera capita,

    freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:

    multae liberae civitates,

    republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:

    multos fortes viros,

    id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:

    multi clari viri,

    noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:

    multi primarii viri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:

    multi clarissimi viri,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:

    multi amplissimi viri,

    id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:

    multi honestissimi homines,

    id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:

    multi peritissimi homines,

    id. Caecin. 24, 69:

    multi summi homines,

    id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:

    multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,

    id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:

    in veteribus patronis multis,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:

    multa praeterea bella gravia,

    id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:

    multis suppliciis justis,

    id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:

    multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:

    plurima signa pulcherrima,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:

    virtutes animi multae et magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:

    causas ille multas et graves habuit,

    id. Clu. 30, 82;

    and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,

    id. Cael. 5, 12:

    prodigia multa, foeda,

    Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:

    multi hominum,

    Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:

    multae silvestrium arborum,

    id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:

    nimium multa,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:

    nimis multa,

    id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:

    insulae non ita multae,

    not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:

    parum multa scire,

    too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:

    quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,

    as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:

    minime multi remiges,

    exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:

    in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,

    id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:

    multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:

    nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,

    Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:

    aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,

    with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:

    multa prece prosequi,

    id. C. 4, 5, 33:

    multa victima,

    Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:

    avis,

    id. Am. 3, 5, 4:

    tabella,

    Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:

    exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,

    Cic. Pis. 27, 67:

    multo labore quaerere aliquid,

    with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:

    cura,

    Sall. J. 7, 4:

    sol,

    much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:

    multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,

    Liv. 23, 30, 2:

    multum sanguinem haurire,

    Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:

    multam harenam mare evomit,

    id. 4, 6, 8:

    arbor,

    id. 7, 4, 26:

    silva,

    id. 8, 10, 14:

    multae vestis injectu opprimi,

    Tac. A. 6, 50:

    multa et lauta supellex,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:

    aurum,

    Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:

    libertas,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:

    multam salutem dicere alicui,

    to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:

    cum auro et argento multo,

    Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:

    Itaque multum diei processerat,

    a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:

    ad multum diem,

    till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:

    multo adhuc die,

    when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:

    multo denique die,

    when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    multa nocte,

    late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:

    multo mane,

    very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:

    multa opinio, for multorum,

    the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:

    velut multa pace,

    as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:

    multus homo,

    one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:

    video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,

    id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:

    tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:

    unus de multis esse,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;

    potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,

    id. Brut. 79, 274:

    numerarer in multis,

    among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:

    e multis una sit tibi,

    no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:

    multum est,

    it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:

    ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,

    Cic. Clu. 64, 181:

    ne multis: Diogenes emitur,

    id. ib. 16, 47:

    quid multis moror?

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:

    multa reluctari,

    Verg. G. 4, 301:

    gemens,

    id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:

    deos testatus,

    id. ib. 7, 593:

    invehi,

    Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):

    haud multa moratus,

    Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:

    in multum velociores,

    by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Too much, overmuch, excessive:

    supellex modica, non multa,

    Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
    2.
    In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:

    qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:

    ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,

    id. ib. 2, 87, 358:

    nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,

    id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
    3.
    Frequent, frequently present:

    in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,

    Sall. J. 96, 3:

    multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,

    was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:

    hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!

    troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:

    instare,

    Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
    A.
    multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):

    salve multum, gnate mi,

    Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:

    multum vale,

    farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:

    hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 2, 42:

    opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,

    not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:

    multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,

    often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:

    non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,

    id. Brut. 34, 128:

    non multum confidere,

    not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    sunt in venationibus,

    often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:

    in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,

    Cic. Brut. 48, 178:

    multum fuisse cum aliquo,

    to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:

    sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,

    id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:

    gratia valere,

    to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:

    res multum et saepe quaesita,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:

    longe omnes multumque superabit,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:

    multum et diu cogitans,

    id. Div. 2, 1, 1:

    diu multumque scriptitare,

    id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:

    multum loquaces,

    very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:

    mepti labores,

    very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:

    multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,

    much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:

    multum robustior illo,

    Juv. 19, 197:

    majora,

    Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:

    haud multum infra viam,

    Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:

    haud multum post mortem ejus,

    Tac. A. 5, 3:

    ut multum,

    at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
    B.
    multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
    1.
    With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:

    multo tanto carior,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    pauciores oratores,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:

    facilius atque expeditius iter,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:

    virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:

    multo ceteros anteibant,

    Tac. H. 4, 13:

    multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,

    Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:

    multo mavolo,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:

    meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
    2.
    With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:

    quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:

    simulacrum multo antiquissimum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:

    maxima pars,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:

    multo id bellum maximum fuit,

    Liv. 1, 11, 5:

    pars multo maxima,

    id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:

    multo gratissima lux,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:

    foedissimum,

    Quint. 9, 4, 72:

    optimum,

    id. ib. 26:

    pulcherrimum,

    id. 1, 2, 24:

    utilissima,

    id. 2, 10, 1:

    maxime,

    Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:

    multo maxime miserabile,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    multo maxime ingenio validus,

    id. J. 6, 1.—
    3.
    With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:

    multo aliter,

    Ter. And. prol. 4:

    multo aliter ac sperabat,

    far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:

    quod non multo secus fieret, si,

    not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
    4.
    In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:

    non multo ante urbem captam,

    Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:

    non multo ante,

    not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:

    multo ante,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:

    non multo post, quam, etc.,

    not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:

    haud multo ante solis occasum,

    Liv. 5, 39, 2:

    multo ante noctem,

    id. 27, 42, 13.—
    5.
    Very rarely with the positive for multum:

    maligna multo,

    very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
    6.
    Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:

    multo multoque longior,

    far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:

    multo multoque operosius est,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
    II.
    Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
    A.
    In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;

    so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:

    ne plus minusve loqueretur,

    Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);

    so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:

    speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,

    Mart. 8, 71, 4:

    aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,

    too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:

    tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:

    vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,

    and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:

    verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,

    Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:

    apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,

    id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:

    valet enim salus plus quam libido,

    id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
    (β).
    With a partitive gen.:

    vultis pecuniae plus habere,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:

    nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,

    id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,

    plus virium,

    id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:

    plus hostium,

    Liv. 2, 42:

    plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:

    in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:

    plus ingenii,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 22:

    Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,

    as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
    (γ).
    With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):

    non plus quam semel,

    Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:

    confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    ne plus reddat quam acceperit,

    id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:

    non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,

    into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:

    plus quam decem dies abesse,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,

    with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
    (δ).
    Without quam:

    HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,

    Liv. 24, 44:

    plus milies audivi,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:

    plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:

    ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:

    non plus mille quingentos aeris,

    id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:

    paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,

    Liv. 31, 34:

    cum plus annum aeger fuisset,

    id. 40, 2:

    parte plus dimidia rem auctam,

    id. 29, 25.—
    (ε).
    With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:

    VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,

    more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:

    ex his alius alio plus habet virium,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:

    alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:

    in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,

    id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:

    annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,

    or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:

    plus aequo,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 58:

    plus paulo,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:

    paulo plus,

    Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:

    plus nimio,

    overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:

    uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,

    one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
    2.
    In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:

    ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,

    of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:

    ager multo pluris est,

    is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:

    quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,

    id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:

    pluris emere,

    dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,

    vendere,

    id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:

    aedificare,

    Col. 1, 4, 7:

    pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,

    of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:

    mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,

    Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,

    id. ib. 8, 2, 4:

    facere aliquem pluris,

    make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:

    pluris habere,

    id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    aestimare,

    id. Par. 6, 2, 48:

    ducere,

    id. Att. 7, 3, 5:

    putare,

    id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
    3.
    Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
    4.
    Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
    * 5.
    Like magis, with an adj.:

    plus formosus, for formosior,

    Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
    B.
    In the plur.
    1.
    Comparatively, more in number:

    omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:

    nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:

    ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:

    multo plura,

    many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
    2.
    In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;

    1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18:

    plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,

    id. B. C. 3, 52:

    summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:

    pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,

    id. 8, 4, 27:

    quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,

    Cic. Clu. 41, 115:

    eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;

    without verba: quid ego plura dicam?

    id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:

    pluribus haec exsecutus sum,

    Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;

    also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,

    what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:

    sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,

    id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
    b.
    Esp.: plures.
    (α).
    The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
    (β).
    Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:

    quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
    (γ).
    The greater number, the majority:

    plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,

    Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
    III.
    Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):

    hujus sunt plurima simulacra,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 17:

    nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:

    plurimae et maximae partes,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 8:

    plurimorum seculorum memoria,

    id. ib. 3, 9, 14:

    haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,

    id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:

    me plurima praeda onustum,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:

    sermo,

    Quint. 2, 2, 5:

    risus,

    id. 6, 3, 85:

    res,

    id. 6, 1, 51:

    exercitatio,

    id. 8 prooem. §

    28: mons,

    very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:

    cervix,

    id. G. 3, 52:

    Aetna,

    Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:

    medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,

    very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:

    coma plurima,

    very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:

    sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,

    mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:

    plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,

    many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,

    oleaster plurimus,

    Verg. G. 2, 183:

    qua plurima mittitur ales,

    Mart. 9, 56, 1:

    plurima lecta rosa est,

    Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):

    ut haberet quam plurimum,

    as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:

    caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,

    id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:

    ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,

    id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:

    et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:

    auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,

    id. ib. 2, 9, 16:

    si vero populus plurimum potest,

    id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:

    qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,

    id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:

    plurimum aliis praestare,

    id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:

    ut te plurimum diligam,

    id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:

    hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,

    id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:

    quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,

    Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):

    plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,

    Min. Fel. Oct. 22:

    gratulor,

    id. ib. 40:

    (elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,

    at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,

    cum plurimum,

    id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
    (β).
    In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:

    artis,

    Quint. 10, 5, 3:

    auctoritatis et ponderis,

    id. 9, 4, 91:

    ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,

    id. 10, 3, 1:

    virtutum,

    id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
    (γ).
    In the gen. pretii:

    plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,

    values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:

    quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,

    Nep. Eum. 2, 2:

    ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,

    Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > moltus

  • 14 multi

    multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
    I.
    Posit.
    A.
    In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):

    multi fortissimi viri,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:

    rationes,

    id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:

    beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:

    multae et magnae contentiones,

    many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:

    O multas et graves offensiones,

    id. Att. 11, 7, 3:

    multi et graves dolores,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:

    multi et varii timores,

    Liv. 3, 16, 3:

    multae bonaeque artes animi,

    Sall. J. 28, 5:

    multa et clara facinora,

    Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:

    multi improbi,

    Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:

    multi boni, docti, prudentes,

    id. Fl. 4, 8:

    multi nobiles,

    id. Planc. 20, 50:

    multa acerba habuit ille annus,

    id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:

    multa infanda,

    Liv. 28, 12, 5:

    multa falsa,

    id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:

    multa secunda proelia,

    victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:

    multa libera capita,

    freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:

    multae liberae civitates,

    republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:

    multos fortes viros,

    id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:

    multi clari viri,

    noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:

    multi primarii viri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:

    multi clarissimi viri,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:

    multi amplissimi viri,

    id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:

    multi honestissimi homines,

    id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:

    multi peritissimi homines,

    id. Caecin. 24, 69:

    multi summi homines,

    id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:

    multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,

    id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:

    in veteribus patronis multis,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:

    multa praeterea bella gravia,

    id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:

    multis suppliciis justis,

    id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:

    multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:

    plurima signa pulcherrima,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:

    virtutes animi multae et magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:

    causas ille multas et graves habuit,

    id. Clu. 30, 82;

    and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,

    id. Cael. 5, 12:

    prodigia multa, foeda,

    Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:

    multi hominum,

    Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:

    multae silvestrium arborum,

    id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:

    nimium multa,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:

    nimis multa,

    id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:

    insulae non ita multae,

    not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:

    parum multa scire,

    too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:

    quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,

    as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:

    minime multi remiges,

    exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:

    in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,

    id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:

    multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:

    nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,

    Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:

    aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,

    with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:

    multa prece prosequi,

    id. C. 4, 5, 33:

    multa victima,

    Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:

    avis,

    id. Am. 3, 5, 4:

    tabella,

    Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:

    exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,

    Cic. Pis. 27, 67:

    multo labore quaerere aliquid,

    with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:

    cura,

    Sall. J. 7, 4:

    sol,

    much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:

    multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,

    Liv. 23, 30, 2:

    multum sanguinem haurire,

    Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:

    multam harenam mare evomit,

    id. 4, 6, 8:

    arbor,

    id. 7, 4, 26:

    silva,

    id. 8, 10, 14:

    multae vestis injectu opprimi,

    Tac. A. 6, 50:

    multa et lauta supellex,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:

    aurum,

    Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:

    libertas,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:

    multam salutem dicere alicui,

    to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:

    cum auro et argento multo,

    Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:

    Itaque multum diei processerat,

    a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:

    ad multum diem,

    till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:

    multo adhuc die,

    when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:

    multo denique die,

    when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    multa nocte,

    late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:

    multo mane,

    very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:

    multa opinio, for multorum,

    the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:

    velut multa pace,

    as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:

    multus homo,

    one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:

    video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,

    id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:

    tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:

    unus de multis esse,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;

    potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,

    id. Brut. 79, 274:

    numerarer in multis,

    among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:

    e multis una sit tibi,

    no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:

    multum est,

    it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:

    ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,

    Cic. Clu. 64, 181:

    ne multis: Diogenes emitur,

    id. ib. 16, 47:

    quid multis moror?

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:

    multa reluctari,

    Verg. G. 4, 301:

    gemens,

    id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:

    deos testatus,

    id. ib. 7, 593:

    invehi,

    Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):

    haud multa moratus,

    Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:

    in multum velociores,

    by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Too much, overmuch, excessive:

    supellex modica, non multa,

    Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
    2.
    In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:

    qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:

    ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,

    id. ib. 2, 87, 358:

    nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,

    id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
    3.
    Frequent, frequently present:

    in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,

    Sall. J. 96, 3:

    multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,

    was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:

    hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!

    troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:

    instare,

    Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
    A.
    multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):

    salve multum, gnate mi,

    Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:

    multum vale,

    farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:

    hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 2, 42:

    opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,

    not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:

    multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,

    often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:

    non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,

    id. Brut. 34, 128:

    non multum confidere,

    not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    sunt in venationibus,

    often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:

    in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,

    Cic. Brut. 48, 178:

    multum fuisse cum aliquo,

    to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:

    sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,

    id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:

    gratia valere,

    to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:

    res multum et saepe quaesita,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:

    longe omnes multumque superabit,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:

    multum et diu cogitans,

    id. Div. 2, 1, 1:

    diu multumque scriptitare,

    id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:

    multum loquaces,

    very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:

    mepti labores,

    very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:

    multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,

    much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:

    multum robustior illo,

    Juv. 19, 197:

    majora,

    Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:

    haud multum infra viam,

    Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:

    haud multum post mortem ejus,

    Tac. A. 5, 3:

    ut multum,

    at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
    B.
    multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
    1.
    With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:

    multo tanto carior,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    pauciores oratores,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:

    facilius atque expeditius iter,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:

    virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:

    multo ceteros anteibant,

    Tac. H. 4, 13:

    multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,

    Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:

    multo mavolo,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:

    meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
    2.
    With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:

    quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:

    simulacrum multo antiquissimum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:

    maxima pars,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:

    multo id bellum maximum fuit,

    Liv. 1, 11, 5:

    pars multo maxima,

    id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:

    multo gratissima lux,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:

    foedissimum,

    Quint. 9, 4, 72:

    optimum,

    id. ib. 26:

    pulcherrimum,

    id. 1, 2, 24:

    utilissima,

    id. 2, 10, 1:

    maxime,

    Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:

    multo maxime miserabile,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    multo maxime ingenio validus,

    id. J. 6, 1.—
    3.
    With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:

    multo aliter,

    Ter. And. prol. 4:

    multo aliter ac sperabat,

    far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:

    quod non multo secus fieret, si,

    not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
    4.
    In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:

    non multo ante urbem captam,

    Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:

    non multo ante,

    not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:

    multo ante,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:

    non multo post, quam, etc.,

    not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:

    haud multo ante solis occasum,

    Liv. 5, 39, 2:

    multo ante noctem,

    id. 27, 42, 13.—
    5.
    Very rarely with the positive for multum:

    maligna multo,

    very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
    6.
    Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:

    multo multoque longior,

    far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:

    multo multoque operosius est,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
    II.
    Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
    A.
    In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;

    so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:

    ne plus minusve loqueretur,

    Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);

    so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:

    speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,

    Mart. 8, 71, 4:

    aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,

    too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:

    tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:

    vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,

    and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:

    verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,

    Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:

    apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,

    id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:

    valet enim salus plus quam libido,

    id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
    (β).
    With a partitive gen.:

    vultis pecuniae plus habere,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:

    nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,

    id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,

    plus virium,

    id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:

    plus hostium,

    Liv. 2, 42:

    plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:

    in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:

    plus ingenii,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 22:

    Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,

    as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
    (γ).
    With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):

    non plus quam semel,

    Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:

    confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    ne plus reddat quam acceperit,

    id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:

    non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,

    into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:

    plus quam decem dies abesse,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,

    with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
    (δ).
    Without quam:

    HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,

    Liv. 24, 44:

    plus milies audivi,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:

    plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:

    ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:

    non plus mille quingentos aeris,

    id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:

    paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,

    Liv. 31, 34:

    cum plus annum aeger fuisset,

    id. 40, 2:

    parte plus dimidia rem auctam,

    id. 29, 25.—
    (ε).
    With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:

    VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,

    more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:

    ex his alius alio plus habet virium,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:

    alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:

    in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,

    id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:

    annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,

    or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:

    plus aequo,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 58:

    plus paulo,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:

    paulo plus,

    Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:

    plus nimio,

    overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:

    uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,

    one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
    2.
    In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:

    ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,

    of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:

    ager multo pluris est,

    is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:

    quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,

    id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:

    pluris emere,

    dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,

    vendere,

    id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:

    aedificare,

    Col. 1, 4, 7:

    pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,

    of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:

    mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,

    Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,

    id. ib. 8, 2, 4:

    facere aliquem pluris,

    make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:

    pluris habere,

    id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    aestimare,

    id. Par. 6, 2, 48:

    ducere,

    id. Att. 7, 3, 5:

    putare,

    id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
    3.
    Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
    4.
    Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
    * 5.
    Like magis, with an adj.:

    plus formosus, for formosior,

    Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
    B.
    In the plur.
    1.
    Comparatively, more in number:

    omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:

    nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:

    ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:

    multo plura,

    many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
    2.
    In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;

    1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18:

    plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,

    id. B. C. 3, 52:

    summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:

    pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,

    id. 8, 4, 27:

    quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,

    Cic. Clu. 41, 115:

    eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;

    without verba: quid ego plura dicam?

    id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:

    pluribus haec exsecutus sum,

    Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;

    also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,

    what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:

    sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,

    id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
    b.
    Esp.: plures.
    (α).
    The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
    (β).
    Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:

    quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
    (γ).
    The greater number, the majority:

    plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,

    Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
    III.
    Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):

    hujus sunt plurima simulacra,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 17:

    nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:

    plurimae et maximae partes,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 8:

    plurimorum seculorum memoria,

    id. ib. 3, 9, 14:

    haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,

    id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:

    me plurima praeda onustum,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:

    sermo,

    Quint. 2, 2, 5:

    risus,

    id. 6, 3, 85:

    res,

    id. 6, 1, 51:

    exercitatio,

    id. 8 prooem. §

    28: mons,

    very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:

    cervix,

    id. G. 3, 52:

    Aetna,

    Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:

    medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,

    very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:

    coma plurima,

    very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:

    sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,

    mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:

    plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,

    many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,

    oleaster plurimus,

    Verg. G. 2, 183:

    qua plurima mittitur ales,

    Mart. 9, 56, 1:

    plurima lecta rosa est,

    Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):

    ut haberet quam plurimum,

    as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:

    caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,

    id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:

    ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,

    id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:

    et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:

    auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,

    id. ib. 2, 9, 16:

    si vero populus plurimum potest,

    id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:

    qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,

    id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:

    plurimum aliis praestare,

    id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:

    ut te plurimum diligam,

    id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:

    hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,

    id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:

    quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,

    Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):

    plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,

    Min. Fel. Oct. 22:

    gratulor,

    id. ib. 40:

    (elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,

    at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,

    cum plurimum,

    id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
    (β).
    In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:

    artis,

    Quint. 10, 5, 3:

    auctoritatis et ponderis,

    id. 9, 4, 91:

    ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,

    id. 10, 3, 1:

    virtutum,

    id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
    (γ).
    In the gen. pretii:

    plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,

    values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:

    quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,

    Nep. Eum. 2, 2:

    ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,

    Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > multi

  • 15 multus

    multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
    I.
    Posit.
    A.
    In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):

    multi fortissimi viri,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:

    rationes,

    id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:

    beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:

    multae et magnae contentiones,

    many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:

    O multas et graves offensiones,

    id. Att. 11, 7, 3:

    multi et graves dolores,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:

    multi et varii timores,

    Liv. 3, 16, 3:

    multae bonaeque artes animi,

    Sall. J. 28, 5:

    multa et clara facinora,

    Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:

    multi improbi,

    Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:

    multi boni, docti, prudentes,

    id. Fl. 4, 8:

    multi nobiles,

    id. Planc. 20, 50:

    multa acerba habuit ille annus,

    id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:

    multa infanda,

    Liv. 28, 12, 5:

    multa falsa,

    id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:

    multa secunda proelia,

    victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:

    multa libera capita,

    freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:

    multae liberae civitates,

    republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:

    multos fortes viros,

    id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:

    multi clari viri,

    noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:

    multi primarii viri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:

    multi clarissimi viri,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:

    multi amplissimi viri,

    id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:

    multi honestissimi homines,

    id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:

    multi peritissimi homines,

    id. Caecin. 24, 69:

    multi summi homines,

    id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:

    multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,

    id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:

    in veteribus patronis multis,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:

    multa praeterea bella gravia,

    id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:

    multis suppliciis justis,

    id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:

    multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:

    plurima signa pulcherrima,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:

    virtutes animi multae et magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:

    causas ille multas et graves habuit,

    id. Clu. 30, 82;

    and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,

    id. Cael. 5, 12:

    prodigia multa, foeda,

    Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:

    multi hominum,

    Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:

    multae silvestrium arborum,

    id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:

    nimium multa,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:

    nimis multa,

    id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:

    insulae non ita multae,

    not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:

    parum multa scire,

    too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:

    quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,

    as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:

    minime multi remiges,

    exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:

    in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,

    id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:

    multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:

    nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,

    Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:

    aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,

    with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:

    multa prece prosequi,

    id. C. 4, 5, 33:

    multa victima,

    Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:

    avis,

    id. Am. 3, 5, 4:

    tabella,

    Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:

    exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,

    Cic. Pis. 27, 67:

    multo labore quaerere aliquid,

    with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:

    cura,

    Sall. J. 7, 4:

    sol,

    much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:

    multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,

    Liv. 23, 30, 2:

    multum sanguinem haurire,

    Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:

    multam harenam mare evomit,

    id. 4, 6, 8:

    arbor,

    id. 7, 4, 26:

    silva,

    id. 8, 10, 14:

    multae vestis injectu opprimi,

    Tac. A. 6, 50:

    multa et lauta supellex,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:

    aurum,

    Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:

    libertas,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:

    multam salutem dicere alicui,

    to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:

    cum auro et argento multo,

    Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:

    Itaque multum diei processerat,

    a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:

    ad multum diem,

    till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:

    multo adhuc die,

    when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:

    multo denique die,

    when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    multa nocte,

    late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:

    multo mane,

    very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:

    multa opinio, for multorum,

    the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:

    velut multa pace,

    as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:

    multus homo,

    one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:

    video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,

    id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:

    tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:

    unus de multis esse,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;

    potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,

    id. Brut. 79, 274:

    numerarer in multis,

    among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:

    e multis una sit tibi,

    no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:

    multum est,

    it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:

    ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,

    Cic. Clu. 64, 181:

    ne multis: Diogenes emitur,

    id. ib. 16, 47:

    quid multis moror?

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:

    multa reluctari,

    Verg. G. 4, 301:

    gemens,

    id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:

    deos testatus,

    id. ib. 7, 593:

    invehi,

    Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):

    haud multa moratus,

    Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:

    in multum velociores,

    by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Too much, overmuch, excessive:

    supellex modica, non multa,

    Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
    2.
    In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:

    qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:

    ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,

    id. ib. 2, 87, 358:

    nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,

    id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
    3.
    Frequent, frequently present:

    in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,

    Sall. J. 96, 3:

    multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,

    was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:

    hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!

    troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:

    instare,

    Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
    A.
    multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):

    salve multum, gnate mi,

    Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:

    multum vale,

    farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:

    hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 2, 42:

    opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,

    not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:

    multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,

    often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:

    non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,

    id. Brut. 34, 128:

    non multum confidere,

    not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    sunt in venationibus,

    often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:

    in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,

    Cic. Brut. 48, 178:

    multum fuisse cum aliquo,

    to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:

    sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,

    id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:

    gratia valere,

    to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:

    res multum et saepe quaesita,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:

    longe omnes multumque superabit,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:

    multum et diu cogitans,

    id. Div. 2, 1, 1:

    diu multumque scriptitare,

    id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:

    multum loquaces,

    very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:

    mepti labores,

    very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:

    multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,

    much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:

    multum robustior illo,

    Juv. 19, 197:

    majora,

    Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:

    haud multum infra viam,

    Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:

    haud multum post mortem ejus,

    Tac. A. 5, 3:

    ut multum,

    at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
    B.
    multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
    1.
    With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:

    multo tanto carior,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    pauciores oratores,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:

    facilius atque expeditius iter,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:

    virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:

    multo ceteros anteibant,

    Tac. H. 4, 13:

    multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,

    Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:

    multo mavolo,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:

    meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
    2.
    With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:

    quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:

    simulacrum multo antiquissimum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:

    maxima pars,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:

    multo id bellum maximum fuit,

    Liv. 1, 11, 5:

    pars multo maxima,

    id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:

    multo gratissima lux,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:

    foedissimum,

    Quint. 9, 4, 72:

    optimum,

    id. ib. 26:

    pulcherrimum,

    id. 1, 2, 24:

    utilissima,

    id. 2, 10, 1:

    maxime,

    Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:

    multo maxime miserabile,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    multo maxime ingenio validus,

    id. J. 6, 1.—
    3.
    With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:

    multo aliter,

    Ter. And. prol. 4:

    multo aliter ac sperabat,

    far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:

    quod non multo secus fieret, si,

    not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
    4.
    In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:

    non multo ante urbem captam,

    Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:

    non multo ante,

    not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:

    multo ante,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:

    non multo post, quam, etc.,

    not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:

    haud multo ante solis occasum,

    Liv. 5, 39, 2:

    multo ante noctem,

    id. 27, 42, 13.—
    5.
    Very rarely with the positive for multum:

    maligna multo,

    very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
    6.
    Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:

    multo multoque longior,

    far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:

    multo multoque operosius est,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
    II.
    Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
    A.
    In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;

    so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:

    ne plus minusve loqueretur,

    Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);

    so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:

    speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,

    Mart. 8, 71, 4:

    aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,

    too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:

    tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:

    vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,

    and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:

    verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,

    Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:

    apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,

    id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:

    valet enim salus plus quam libido,

    id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
    (β).
    With a partitive gen.:

    vultis pecuniae plus habere,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:

    nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,

    id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,

    plus virium,

    id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:

    plus hostium,

    Liv. 2, 42:

    plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:

    in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:

    plus ingenii,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 22:

    Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,

    as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
    (γ).
    With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):

    non plus quam semel,

    Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:

    confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    ne plus reddat quam acceperit,

    id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:

    non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,

    into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:

    plus quam decem dies abesse,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,

    with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
    (δ).
    Without quam:

    HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,

    Liv. 24, 44:

    plus milies audivi,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:

    plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:

    ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:

    non plus mille quingentos aeris,

    id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:

    paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,

    Liv. 31, 34:

    cum plus annum aeger fuisset,

    id. 40, 2:

    parte plus dimidia rem auctam,

    id. 29, 25.—
    (ε).
    With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:

    VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,

    more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:

    ex his alius alio plus habet virium,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:

    alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:

    in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,

    id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:

    annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,

    or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:

    plus aequo,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 58:

    plus paulo,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:

    paulo plus,

    Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:

    plus nimio,

    overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:

    uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,

    one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
    2.
    In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:

    ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,

    of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:

    ager multo pluris est,

    is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:

    quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,

    id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:

    pluris emere,

    dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,

    vendere,

    id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:

    aedificare,

    Col. 1, 4, 7:

    pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,

    of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:

    mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,

    Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,

    id. ib. 8, 2, 4:

    facere aliquem pluris,

    make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:

    pluris habere,

    id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    aestimare,

    id. Par. 6, 2, 48:

    ducere,

    id. Att. 7, 3, 5:

    putare,

    id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
    3.
    Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
    4.
    Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
    * 5.
    Like magis, with an adj.:

    plus formosus, for formosior,

    Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
    B.
    In the plur.
    1.
    Comparatively, more in number:

    omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:

    nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:

    ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:

    multo plura,

    many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
    2.
    In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;

    1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18:

    plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,

    id. B. C. 3, 52:

    summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:

    pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,

    id. 8, 4, 27:

    quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,

    Cic. Clu. 41, 115:

    eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;

    without verba: quid ego plura dicam?

    id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:

    pluribus haec exsecutus sum,

    Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;

    also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,

    what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:

    sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,

    id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
    b.
    Esp.: plures.
    (α).
    The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
    (β).
    Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:

    quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
    (γ).
    The greater number, the majority:

    plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,

    Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
    III.
    Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):

    hujus sunt plurima simulacra,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 17:

    nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:

    plurimae et maximae partes,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 8:

    plurimorum seculorum memoria,

    id. ib. 3, 9, 14:

    haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,

    id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:

    me plurima praeda onustum,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:

    sermo,

    Quint. 2, 2, 5:

    risus,

    id. 6, 3, 85:

    res,

    id. 6, 1, 51:

    exercitatio,

    id. 8 prooem. §

    28: mons,

    very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:

    cervix,

    id. G. 3, 52:

    Aetna,

    Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:

    medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,

    very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:

    coma plurima,

    very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:

    sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,

    mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:

    plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,

    many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,

    oleaster plurimus,

    Verg. G. 2, 183:

    qua plurima mittitur ales,

    Mart. 9, 56, 1:

    plurima lecta rosa est,

    Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):

    ut haberet quam plurimum,

    as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:

    caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,

    id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:

    ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,

    id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:

    et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:

    auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,

    id. ib. 2, 9, 16:

    si vero populus plurimum potest,

    id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:

    qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,

    id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:

    plurimum aliis praestare,

    id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:

    ut te plurimum diligam,

    id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:

    hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,

    id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:

    quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,

    Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):

    plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,

    Min. Fel. Oct. 22:

    gratulor,

    id. ib. 40:

    (elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,

    at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,

    cum plurimum,

    id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
    (β).
    In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:

    artis,

    Quint. 10, 5, 3:

    auctoritatis et ponderis,

    id. 9, 4, 91:

    ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,

    id. 10, 3, 1:

    virtutum,

    id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
    (γ).
    In the gen. pretii:

    plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,

    values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:

    quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,

    Nep. Eum. 2, 2:

    ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,

    Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > multus

  • 16 plurimum

    multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
    I.
    Posit.
    A.
    In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):

    multi fortissimi viri,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:

    rationes,

    id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:

    beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:

    multae et magnae contentiones,

    many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:

    O multas et graves offensiones,

    id. Att. 11, 7, 3:

    multi et graves dolores,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:

    multi et varii timores,

    Liv. 3, 16, 3:

    multae bonaeque artes animi,

    Sall. J. 28, 5:

    multa et clara facinora,

    Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:

    multi improbi,

    Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:

    multi boni, docti, prudentes,

    id. Fl. 4, 8:

    multi nobiles,

    id. Planc. 20, 50:

    multa acerba habuit ille annus,

    id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:

    multa infanda,

    Liv. 28, 12, 5:

    multa falsa,

    id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:

    multa secunda proelia,

    victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:

    multa libera capita,

    freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:

    multae liberae civitates,

    republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:

    multos fortes viros,

    id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:

    multi clari viri,

    noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:

    multi primarii viri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:

    multi clarissimi viri,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:

    multi amplissimi viri,

    id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:

    multi honestissimi homines,

    id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:

    multi peritissimi homines,

    id. Caecin. 24, 69:

    multi summi homines,

    id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:

    multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,

    id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:

    in veteribus patronis multis,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:

    multa praeterea bella gravia,

    id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:

    multis suppliciis justis,

    id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:

    multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:

    plurima signa pulcherrima,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:

    virtutes animi multae et magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:

    causas ille multas et graves habuit,

    id. Clu. 30, 82;

    and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,

    id. Cael. 5, 12:

    prodigia multa, foeda,

    Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:

    multi hominum,

    Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:

    multae silvestrium arborum,

    id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:

    nimium multa,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:

    nimis multa,

    id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:

    insulae non ita multae,

    not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:

    parum multa scire,

    too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:

    quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,

    as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:

    minime multi remiges,

    exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:

    in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,

    id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:

    multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:

    nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,

    Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:

    aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,

    with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:

    multa prece prosequi,

    id. C. 4, 5, 33:

    multa victima,

    Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:

    avis,

    id. Am. 3, 5, 4:

    tabella,

    Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:

    exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,

    Cic. Pis. 27, 67:

    multo labore quaerere aliquid,

    with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:

    cura,

    Sall. J. 7, 4:

    sol,

    much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:

    multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,

    Liv. 23, 30, 2:

    multum sanguinem haurire,

    Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:

    multam harenam mare evomit,

    id. 4, 6, 8:

    arbor,

    id. 7, 4, 26:

    silva,

    id. 8, 10, 14:

    multae vestis injectu opprimi,

    Tac. A. 6, 50:

    multa et lauta supellex,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:

    aurum,

    Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:

    libertas,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:

    multam salutem dicere alicui,

    to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:

    cum auro et argento multo,

    Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:

    Itaque multum diei processerat,

    a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:

    ad multum diem,

    till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:

    multo adhuc die,

    when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:

    multo denique die,

    when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    multa nocte,

    late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:

    multo mane,

    very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:

    multa opinio, for multorum,

    the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:

    velut multa pace,

    as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:

    multus homo,

    one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:

    video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,

    id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:

    tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:

    unus de multis esse,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;

    potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,

    id. Brut. 79, 274:

    numerarer in multis,

    among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:

    e multis una sit tibi,

    no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:

    multum est,

    it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:

    ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,

    Cic. Clu. 64, 181:

    ne multis: Diogenes emitur,

    id. ib. 16, 47:

    quid multis moror?

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:

    multa reluctari,

    Verg. G. 4, 301:

    gemens,

    id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:

    deos testatus,

    id. ib. 7, 593:

    invehi,

    Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):

    haud multa moratus,

    Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:

    in multum velociores,

    by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Too much, overmuch, excessive:

    supellex modica, non multa,

    Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
    2.
    In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:

    qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:

    ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,

    id. ib. 2, 87, 358:

    nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,

    id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
    3.
    Frequent, frequently present:

    in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,

    Sall. J. 96, 3:

    multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,

    was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:

    hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!

    troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:

    instare,

    Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
    A.
    multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):

    salve multum, gnate mi,

    Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:

    multum vale,

    farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:

    hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 2, 42:

    opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,

    not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:

    multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,

    often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:

    non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,

    id. Brut. 34, 128:

    non multum confidere,

    not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    sunt in venationibus,

    often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:

    in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,

    Cic. Brut. 48, 178:

    multum fuisse cum aliquo,

    to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:

    sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,

    id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:

    gratia valere,

    to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:

    res multum et saepe quaesita,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:

    longe omnes multumque superabit,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:

    multum et diu cogitans,

    id. Div. 2, 1, 1:

    diu multumque scriptitare,

    id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:

    multum loquaces,

    very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:

    mepti labores,

    very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:

    multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,

    much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:

    multum robustior illo,

    Juv. 19, 197:

    majora,

    Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:

    haud multum infra viam,

    Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:

    haud multum post mortem ejus,

    Tac. A. 5, 3:

    ut multum,

    at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
    B.
    multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
    1.
    With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:

    multo tanto carior,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    pauciores oratores,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:

    facilius atque expeditius iter,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:

    virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:

    multo ceteros anteibant,

    Tac. H. 4, 13:

    multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,

    Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:

    multo mavolo,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:

    meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
    2.
    With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:

    quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:

    simulacrum multo antiquissimum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:

    maxima pars,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:

    multo id bellum maximum fuit,

    Liv. 1, 11, 5:

    pars multo maxima,

    id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:

    multo gratissima lux,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:

    foedissimum,

    Quint. 9, 4, 72:

    optimum,

    id. ib. 26:

    pulcherrimum,

    id. 1, 2, 24:

    utilissima,

    id. 2, 10, 1:

    maxime,

    Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:

    multo maxime miserabile,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    multo maxime ingenio validus,

    id. J. 6, 1.—
    3.
    With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:

    multo aliter,

    Ter. And. prol. 4:

    multo aliter ac sperabat,

    far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:

    quod non multo secus fieret, si,

    not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
    4.
    In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:

    non multo ante urbem captam,

    Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:

    non multo ante,

    not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:

    multo ante,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:

    non multo post, quam, etc.,

    not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:

    haud multo ante solis occasum,

    Liv. 5, 39, 2:

    multo ante noctem,

    id. 27, 42, 13.—
    5.
    Very rarely with the positive for multum:

    maligna multo,

    very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
    6.
    Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:

    multo multoque longior,

    far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:

    multo multoque operosius est,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
    II.
    Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
    A.
    In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;

    so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:

    ne plus minusve loqueretur,

    Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);

    so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:

    speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,

    Mart. 8, 71, 4:

    aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,

    too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:

    tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:

    vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,

    and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:

    verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,

    Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:

    apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,

    id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:

    valet enim salus plus quam libido,

    id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
    (β).
    With a partitive gen.:

    vultis pecuniae plus habere,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:

    nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,

    id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,

    plus virium,

    id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:

    plus hostium,

    Liv. 2, 42:

    plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:

    in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:

    plus ingenii,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 22:

    Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,

    as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
    (γ).
    With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):

    non plus quam semel,

    Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:

    confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    ne plus reddat quam acceperit,

    id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:

    non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,

    into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:

    plus quam decem dies abesse,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,

    with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
    (δ).
    Without quam:

    HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,

    Liv. 24, 44:

    plus milies audivi,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:

    plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:

    ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:

    non plus mille quingentos aeris,

    id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:

    paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,

    Liv. 31, 34:

    cum plus annum aeger fuisset,

    id. 40, 2:

    parte plus dimidia rem auctam,

    id. 29, 25.—
    (ε).
    With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:

    VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,

    more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:

    ex his alius alio plus habet virium,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:

    alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:

    in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,

    id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:

    annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,

    or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:

    plus aequo,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 58:

    plus paulo,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:

    paulo plus,

    Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:

    plus nimio,

    overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:

    uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,

    one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
    2.
    In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:

    ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,

    of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:

    ager multo pluris est,

    is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:

    quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,

    id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:

    pluris emere,

    dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,

    vendere,

    id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:

    aedificare,

    Col. 1, 4, 7:

    pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,

    of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:

    mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,

    Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,

    id. ib. 8, 2, 4:

    facere aliquem pluris,

    make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:

    pluris habere,

    id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    aestimare,

    id. Par. 6, 2, 48:

    ducere,

    id. Att. 7, 3, 5:

    putare,

    id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
    3.
    Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
    4.
    Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
    * 5.
    Like magis, with an adj.:

    plus formosus, for formosior,

    Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
    B.
    In the plur.
    1.
    Comparatively, more in number:

    omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:

    nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:

    ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:

    multo plura,

    many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
    2.
    In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;

    1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18:

    plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,

    id. B. C. 3, 52:

    summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:

    pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,

    id. 8, 4, 27:

    quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,

    Cic. Clu. 41, 115:

    eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;

    without verba: quid ego plura dicam?

    id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:

    pluribus haec exsecutus sum,

    Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;

    also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,

    what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:

    sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,

    id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
    b.
    Esp.: plures.
    (α).
    The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
    (β).
    Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:

    quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
    (γ).
    The greater number, the majority:

    plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,

    Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
    III.
    Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):

    hujus sunt plurima simulacra,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 17:

    nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:

    plurimae et maximae partes,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 8:

    plurimorum seculorum memoria,

    id. ib. 3, 9, 14:

    haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,

    id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:

    me plurima praeda onustum,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:

    sermo,

    Quint. 2, 2, 5:

    risus,

    id. 6, 3, 85:

    res,

    id. 6, 1, 51:

    exercitatio,

    id. 8 prooem. §

    28: mons,

    very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:

    cervix,

    id. G. 3, 52:

    Aetna,

    Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:

    medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,

    very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:

    coma plurima,

    very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:

    sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,

    mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:

    plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,

    many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,

    oleaster plurimus,

    Verg. G. 2, 183:

    qua plurima mittitur ales,

    Mart. 9, 56, 1:

    plurima lecta rosa est,

    Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):

    ut haberet quam plurimum,

    as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:

    caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,

    id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:

    ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,

    id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:

    et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:

    auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,

    id. ib. 2, 9, 16:

    si vero populus plurimum potest,

    id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:

    qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,

    id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:

    plurimum aliis praestare,

    id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:

    ut te plurimum diligam,

    id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:

    hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,

    id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:

    quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,

    Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):

    plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,

    Min. Fel. Oct. 22:

    gratulor,

    id. ib. 40:

    (elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,

    at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,

    cum plurimum,

    id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
    (β).
    In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:

    artis,

    Quint. 10, 5, 3:

    auctoritatis et ponderis,

    id. 9, 4, 91:

    ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,

    id. 10, 3, 1:

    virtutum,

    id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
    (γ).
    In the gen. pretii:

    plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,

    values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:

    quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,

    Nep. Eum. 2, 2:

    ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,

    Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > plurimum

  • 17 उरु _uru

    उरु a. [उर्णु-कु नुलोपो ह्रस्वश्च Uṇ.1.31] (
    -रु-र्वी f.; compar. वरीयस्; super. वरिष्ठ)
    1 Wide, spacious.
    -2 Great, large; जातःकुले तस्य किलोरुकीर्तिः R.6.74.
    -3 Exces- sive, much, abundant; धनान्युरूणि Śi.3.76.
    -4 Excellent, precious, valuable. n. Ved. Wide space, space or room. ind. Far, far off (Ved.).
    -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 a mountain.
    -2 the ocean.
    -कालः, -कालकः the creeper Cucumis Colocynthis (इन्द्रवारुणी).
    -कीर्ति a. renowned, well- known; तवोरुकीर्तिः श्वशुरः सखा मे R.14.74.
    -कृत् a. making room, granting space; increasing; उरुकृदुरु णस्कृधि Rv. 8.75.11.
    -क्रम a. Ved.
    1 taking wide strides. शं नो विष्णु- रुरुक्रमः Tait. Up.1.1.1.
    -2 of high rank. (
    -मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu in the dwarf incarnation; उरुक्रमस्याखिलबन्धमुक्तये समाधिनानुस्मर तद्विचेष्टितम् Bhāg.1.5.13.
    -क्षय a. having spacious dwellings. (
    -यः) a spacious dwelling. उरुक्षयेषु दीद्यत् Rv.1.118.8.
    -क्षितिः f. Ved. a spacious dwelling; उरुक्षितिं सुजनिमा चकार Rv.7.1.4.
    -गाय a.
    1 sung or praised by the great; Asvad.16. एष पन्था उरुगायः सुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13, उरुगायोरुगीतो वा पश्यन्तीनां कुतः पुनः Bhāg.1.9.26.
    -2 offering wide scope for movement.
    (-यः) 1 N. of Viṣṇu, the Āśvins, Soma and Indra.
    -2 wide space or space; (
    -यम् also).
    -3 praise.
    -ग्राहः Great restraint; उरुग्राहगृहीतानां गदां बिभ्रद् वृकोदरः Mb.5. 51.7.
    -चक्रि a. granting ample assistance, or allowing unrestrained motion; अहोश्चिदस्मा उरुचक्रिरद्भुतः Rv.2.26. 4.
    -चक्षस् a. Ved. far-seeing; समख्ये देव्या धिया संदक्षिणयो- रुचक्षसा Vāj.4.23.
    -जन्मन् a. nobly born; वह्नेरपां दग्धुरिवोरुजन्मा M.5.17.
    -ज्मन् a. having a wide path or range; न उरुष्या ण उरुज्मन्नप्रयुच्छन् Av.6.4.3.
    -ज्रयस्, -ज्रि a. of great speed, of mighty impetus.
    -तापः great heat.
    -धार a. Ved. giving a broad stream (of milk, as a cow).
    -प्रथस् a. wide-spreading, far-spread.
    -माणः N. of a plant, Crataeva Religiosa (Mar. वायवरणा).
    -मार्गः a long road.
    -लोक a. widely illuminating; or widely extended; ममान्तिरिक्षमुरुलोकमस्तु Rv.128.2. (
    -कः) the best world. (
    -कम्) the intermediate region between earth and heaven.
    -विक्रम a. valiant, mighty.
    -व्यचस् a. P.VI.1.17 Vārt.4. widely extended, extensive. उरुव्यचाः कण्टकः Mbh. on P.VI.1.17. -m. a malignant spirit, an imp.
    -व्यञ्च् a. Ved.
    1 far- reaching, capacious.
    -2 perceived in a distant place (as a sound); तुविक्षत्रामजरन्तीमुरूचीम् Vāj.21.5.
    -शंस a.
    1 to be praised by many.
    -2 reigning over a wide region.
    -3 praising aloud.
    -शर्मन् a. Ved. widely pervading; Vāj.1.9.
    -षा a. granting much, or granting wide or free scope; महीमस्मभ्यमुरुषामुरु ज्रयो Rv.5. 44.6.
    -सत्त्व a. of mighty or great strength, powerful; सिंहोरुसत्त्वं निजगाद सिंहः R.2.33; magnanimous, of a noble nature.
    -स्वन a. having a loud voice, stentorian.
    -हारः a valuable necklace.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > उरु _uru

  • 18 GÖRA

    ð, also spelt görva, giörva, geyra, giora, gera: prop. gøra, not gra (the ø was sounded nearly as y or ey), so that the g is to be sounded as an aspirate, however the word is spelt; and the insertion of i or j (giöra, gjöra), which is usual in mod. writing, and often occurs in old, is phonetic, not radical, and göra and gjöra represent the same sound. The word in the oldest form had a characteristic v, and is spelt so on the Runic stones in the frequent Runic phrase, gaurva kubl, Baut., and Danske Runemind. passim; but also now and then in old Icel. MSS., e. g. the Kb. of Sæm. (cited from Bugge’s Edit.), gorva, Am. 75, Skv. 1. 34, 3. 20, Hm. 123, Og. 29; gerva, Am. 64, Bkv. 3; giorva, Rm. 9; giorfa, 28; gorvir, Hkv. Hjörv. 41; gørvom, Hým. 6; gorviz, Am. 35; gerviz, Merl. 2. 89:—this characteristic v has since been dropped, and it is usually spelt without it in MSS., gora, Hým. 1, Og. 23, Ls. 65; gera, Am. 85; gorir, Hm. 114: the pret. always drops the v, gorþi, Hym. 21; gorðo or gorþo, fecerunt, Hm. 142, Am. 9; gorðumz, Hðm. 28; gerþi, Am. 74; gerþit, 26:—with i inserted, Rm. 9, 22; giordu, 11; in the Mork. freq. giavra. The ö is still sounded in the east of Icel., whereas gera is the common form in speech, gjöra in writing:—the old pres. indic. used by the poets and in the laws is monosyllabic görr, with suffixed negative, görr-a, Hkr. i. (in a verse); mod. bisyllabic görir, which form is also the usual one in the Sagas:—the old part. pass. was görr or gerr, geyrr, Fms. ix. 498, x. 75, where the v was kept before a vowel, and is often spelt with f, gorvan, gorvir, and gorfan, gorfir: dat. so-goro or so-guru adverbially = sic facto: the mod. part. gjörðr, gerðr, görðr, as a regular part. of the 2nd weak conjugation, which form occurs in MSS. of the 15th century, e. g. Bs. i. 877, l. 21. [This is a Scandin. word; Dan. gjöre; Swed. göra; Old Engl. and Scot. gar, which is no doubt of Scandin. origin, the Saxon word being do, the Germ. thun, neither of which is used in the Scandin.; the word however is not unknown to the Teut., though used in a different sense; A. S. gervan and gearvjan = parare; O. H. G. karwan; Germ. gerben, garben, but esp. the adj. and adv. gar, vide above s. v. gör-.] To make, to do; the Icel. includes both these senses.
    A. To make:
    I. to build, work, make, etc.; göra himin ok jörð, 623. 36, Hom. 100; göra hús, to build a house, Fms. xi. 4, Rb. 384; göra kirkju, Bjarn. 39; göra skip, N. G. L. i. 198; göra langskip, Eg. 44; göra stólpa, Al. 116; göra tól (= smíða), Vsp. 7; göra (fingr)-gull, Bs. i. 877; göra haug, to build a cairn, Eg. 399; göra lokhvílu, Dropl. 27; göra dys, Ld. 152; göra kistu ( coffin), Eg. 127; göra naust, N. G. L. i. 198; göra jarðhús, Dropl. 34; göra veggi, Eg. 724: also, göra bók, to write a book, Íb. 1, Rb. 384; göra kviðling, to make a song, Nj. 50; göra bréf, to draw up a deed ( letter), Fms. ix. 22; göra nýmæli, to frame a law, Íb. 17.
    2. adding prep.; göra upp, to repair, rebuild, restore, Fb. ii. 370; göra upp Jórsala-borg, Ver. 43; göra upp skála, Ld. 298; göra upp leiði, to build up a grave.
    II. to make, prepare, get ready; göra veizlu, drykkju, brúðkaup, erfi, and poët. öl, öldr, to make a feast, brew bridal ale, Fs. 23, Fms. xi. 156, Dropl. 6, Am. 86; göra seið, blót, to perform a sacrifice, Ld. 152; göra bú, to set up a house, Grág. i. 185, Ld. 68; göra eld, to make a fire, Fs. 100, K. Þ. K. 88; göra rekkju, to make one’s bed, Eg. 236; göra upp hvílur, Sturl. ii. 124; göra graut, to make porridge, Eg. 196, N. G. L. i. 349; göra drykk, to make a drink, Fms. i. 8; göra kol, or göra til kola, to make charcoal, Ölk. 35.
    III. in somewhat metaph. phrases; göra ferð, to make a journey, Fms. x. 281; görði heiman för sína, he made a journey from home, Eg. 23; göra sinn veg, to make one’s way, travel, Mar.; göra uppreisn, to make an uprising, to rebel, Rb. 384, Fms. ix. 416; göra úfrið, to make war, 656 C. 15; göra sátt, göra frið, to make peace, Hom. 153, Bs. i. 24; göra féskipti, Nj. 118; göra tilskipan, to make an arrangement, Eg. 67; göra ráð sitt, to make up one’s mind, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 21; göra hluti, to cast lots, Fms. x. 348.
    2. to make, give, pay, yield; göra tíund, to pay tithes, Hom. 180; hann skal göra Guði tíunda hlut verðsins, id.; göra ölmusu, to give alms, 64; göra ávöxt, to yield fruit, Greg. 48; gefa né göra ávöxt, Stj. 43; göra konungi skatt eða skyld, Fms. xi. 225.
    3. to contract; göra vináttu, félagskap, to contract friendship, Nj. 103, Eg. 29; göra skuld, to contract a debt, Grág. i. 126: göra ráð með e-m, to take counsel with, advise one, Eg. 12; göra ráð fyrir, to suppose, Nj. 103, Fms. ix. 10; göra mun e-s, to make a difference, i. 255, Eb. 106.
    4. to make, make up, Lat. efficere; sex tigir penninga göra eyri, sixty pence make an ounce, Grág. i. 500, Rb. 458.
    5. to grant, render; göra kost, to make a choice, to grant, Nj. 130, Dropl. 6, Fms. xi. 72, (usually ellipt., kostr being understood); vil ek at þér gerit kostinn, Nj. 3; ok megit þér fyrir því göra ( grant) honum kostinn, 49, 51; göra e-m lög, to grant the law to one, 237; göra guðsifjar, to make ‘gossip’ with one, to be one’s godfather, Fms. ii. 130.
    6. special usages; göra spott, háð, gabb, … at e-u, to make sport, gibes, etc. at or over a thing, Fms. x. 124; göra iðran, to do penance, Greg. 22; göra þakkir, to give thanks, Hom. 55; göra róm at máli e-s, to cheer another’s speech, shout hear, hear! var görr at máli hans mikill rómr ok góðr, his speech was much cheered, Nj. 250,—a parliamentary term; the Teutons cheered, the Romans applauded (with the hands), cp. Tacit. Germ.
    7. with prepp.; gera til, to make ready or dress meat; láta af ( to kill) ok göra til ( and dress), K. Þ. K. 80, Ísl. ii. 83, 331, Fs. 146, 149, Bjarn. 31, Finnb. 228; göra til nyt, to churn milk, K. Þ. K. 78; göra til sverð, to wash and clean the sword, Dropl. 19; máttu þeir eigi sjá, hversu Þorvaldr var til gerr, how Th. got a dressing, Nj. 19.
    β. göra at e-u, to mend, make good, put right (at-görð), ek skal at því gera, Fms. xi. 153, Eg. 566, Nj. 130: to heal, Bárð. 171, Eg. 579, Grág. i. 220; göra at hesti, K. Þ. K. 54, Nj. 74: göra við e-u, vide B. II.
    8. adding acc. of an adj., part., or the like; göra mun þat margan höfuðlausan, Nj. 203; göra mikit um sik, to make a great noise, great havoc, Fb. i. 545, Grett. 133, Fms. x. 329; göra e-n sáttan, to reconcile one, Grág. i. 336; göra sér e-n kæran, to make one dear to oneself, Hkr. i. 209; göra sik líkan e-m, to make oneself like to another, imitate one, Nj. 258; göra sik góðan, to make oneself good or useful, 74, 78; göra sik reiðan, to take offence, 216; göra sér dælt, to make oneself at home, take liberties, Ld. 134, Nj. 216; göra langmælt, to make a long speech, Sks. 316; göra skjót-kjörit, to make a quick choice, Fms. ii. 79; göra hólpinn, to ‘make holpen,’ to help, x. 314; göra lögtekit, to make a law, issue a law, xi. 213, Bs. i. 37; hann gerði hann hálshöggvinn, he had him beheaded, Fms. ix. 488, v. l.; ok görðu þá handtekna alla at minsta kosti, Sturl. i. 40; várir vöskustu ok beztu menn era görfir handteknir, 41.
    β. göra sér mikit um e-t, to make much of, admire, Eg. 5, Fms. x. 254, 364; göra e-t at ágætum, to make famous, extol a thing, vii. 147; göra at orðum, to notice as remarkable, Fas. i. 123; göra at álitum, to take into consideration, Nj. 3; göra sér úgetið at e-u, to be displeased with, Ld. 134; göra vart við sik, to make one’s presence noticed, Eg. 79; göra sér mikit, lítið fyrir, to make great, small efforts, Finnb. 234; göra sér í hug, to brood over; hann gerði sér í hug at drepa jarl, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar lund, to fancy, think: göra af sér, to exert oneself, ef þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, Edda 32; hvárt hann var með Eiríki jarli, eðr görði hann annat af sér, or what else he was making of himself, Fms. xi. 157.
    9. phrases, gera fáleika á sik, to feign, make oneself look sad, Nj. 14; esp. adding upp, gera sér upp veyki, to feign sickness, (upp-gerð, dissimulation); göra sér til, to make a fuss, (hence, til-gerð, foppishness.)
    B. To do:
    I. to do, act; allt þat er hann gerir síðan ( whatever he does), þat á eigandi at ábyrgjask, Gþl. 190; þér munut fátt mæla eðr gera, áðr yðr munu vandræði af standa, i. e. whatsoever you say or do will bring you into trouble, Nj. 91; göra e-t með harðfengi ok kappi, 98; ger svá vel, ‘do so well,’ be so kind! 111; gerit nú svá, góði herra (please, dear lord!), þiggit mitt heilræði, Fms. vii. 157: and in mod. usage, gerið þér svo vel, gerðu svo vel, = Engl. please, do! sagði, at hann hafði með trúleik gört, done faithfully, Eg. 65; göra gott, to do good; göra íllt, to do evil, (góð-görð, íll-görð); ok þat var vel gört, well done, 64; geyrða ek hotvetna íllt, I did evil in all things, Niðrst. 109; hefir hann marga hluti gört stór-vel til mín, he has done many things well towards me, I have received many great benefits at his hands, Eg. 60: with dat., svá mikit gott sem jarl hefir mér gert, Nj. 133; þér vilda ek sízt íllt göra, I would least do harm to thee, 84: göra fúlmennsku, to do a mean act, 185; göra vel við e-n, to do well to one, Fs. 22; göra stygð við e-n, to offend one, Fms. x. 98; göra sæmiliga til e-s, to do well to one, Ld. 62, Nj. 71; göra sóma e-s, to do honour to one, Fms. vii. 155; göra e-m gagn, to give help to one, Nj. 262; göra e-m sæmd, skomm, to do ( shew) honour, dishonour, to one, 5, Fms. x. 43; göra háðung, xi. 152; göra styrk, to strengthen one, ix. 343; göra e-m skapraun, to tease one; göra ósóma, Vápn. 19; göra skaða ( scathe), Eg. 426; göra óvina-fagnað, to give joy to one’s enemies, i. e. to do just what they want one to do, Nj. 112; göra til skaps e-m, to conform to one’s wishes, 80; gerum vér sem faðir vár vill, let us do as our father wishes, 198; vel má ek gera þat til skaps föður míns at brenna inni með honum, id.; göra at skapi e-s, id., 3; var þat mjök gert móti mínu skapi, Fms. viii. 300; gera til saka við e-n, to offend, sin against one, Nj. 80; gera á hluta e-s, to wrong one, Vígl. 25; göra ílla fyrir sér, to behave badly, Fms. vii. 103.
    II. adding prep.; göra til e-s, to deserve a thing (cp. til-görð, desert, behaviour); hvat hafðir þú til gört, what hast thou done to deserve it? Nj. 130; framarr en ek hefi til gört, more than I have deserved, Fms. viii. 300; ok hafit þér Danir heldr til annars gört, ye Danes have rather deserved the reverse, xi. 192, Hom. 159:—göra eptir, to do after, imitate, Nj. 90:—göra við e-u (cp. við-görð, amendment), to provide for, amend, ok mun úhægt vera at göra við forlögum þeirra, Ld. 190; er úhægt at göra við ( to resist) atkvæðum, Fs. 22; ok mun ekki mega við því gera, Nj. 198:—göra af við e-n (cp. af-görð, evil doing), to transgress against one, ek hefi engan hlut af gört við þik, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 241; ok iðrask nú þess er hann hefir af gert, 300; göra af við Guð, to sin against God, Hom. 44.
    2. special usages; göra … at, to do so and so; spurði, hvat hann vildi þá láta at gera, he asked what he would have done, Nj. 100; hann gerði þat eina at, er hann átti, he did only what be ought, 220; þeir Flosi sátu um at rengja, ok gátu ekki at gert, F. tried, and could do nothing, 115, 242; þér munut ekki fá at gert, fyrr en …, 139; Flosi ok hans menn fengu ekki at gert, 199; mikit hefir þú nú at gert, much hast thou now done ( it is a serious matter), 85; er nú ok mikit at gert um manndráp siðan, 256; hann vildi taka vöru at láni, ok göra mikit at, and do great things, Ld. 70; Svartr hafði höggit skóg ok gert mikit at, Nj. 53; slíkt gerir at er sölin etr, so it happens with those who eat seaweed, i. e. that (viz. thirst) comes of eating seaweed, Eg. 605.
    β. göra af e-u, to do so and so with a thing; hvat hafið ér gert af Gunnari, Njarð. 376; ráð þú draumana, vera má at vér gerim af nokkut, may be that we may make something out of it, Ld. 126; gör af drauminum slíkt er þér þykkir líkligast, do with the dream ( read it) as seems to thee likeliest, Ísl. ii. 196: göra við e-n, to do with one; þá var um rætt, hvað við þá skyldi göra, what was to be done with them? Eg. 232; ærnar eru sakir til við Egil, hvat sem eg læt göra við hann, 426; eigi veit ek hvat þeir hafa síðan við gört, 574: göra fyrir e-t, to provide; Jón var vel fjáreigandi, ok at öllu vel fyrir gört, a wealthy and well-to-do man, Sturl. iii. 195; þótt Björn sé vel vígr maðr, þá er þar fyrir gört, því at …, but that is made up, because …: fyrir göra (q. v.), to forfeit.
    C. METAPH. AND SPECIAL USAGES:
    I. to do, help, avail; nú skulum vér ganga allir á vald jarlsins, því at oss gerir eigi annat, nothing else will do for us, Nj. 267; þat mun ekki gera, that wont do, 84; en ek kann ekki ráð til at leggja ef þetta gerir ekki, Fms. ii. 326; konungr vill þat eigi, þvi at mér gerir þat eigi ( it will not do for me) at þér gangit hér upp, x. 357; þat gerir mér ekki, at þér gangit á Orminn, … en hitt má vera at mér komi at gagni, ii. 227; þóttisk þá vita, at honum mundi ekki gera ( it would do nothing) at biðja fyrir honum, Fb. i. 565; engum gerði við hann at keppa, 571; ekki gerði þeim um at brjótask, Bárð. 10 new Ed.; sagða ek yðr eigi, at ekki mundi gera at leita hans, Sks. 625; hvat gerir mér nú at spyrja, Stj. 518; ekki gerir at dylja, no use hiding it, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; ætla þat at fáir þori, enda geri engum, Band. 7; bæði var leitað til annarra ok heima, ok gerði ekki, but did no good, 4; hét hann þeim afarkostum, ok gerði þat ekki, but it did no good, Fms. ii. 143.
    II. to send, despatch, cp. the Engl. to ‘do’ a message; hann gerði þegar menn frá sér, Eg. 270; hann hafði gört menn sex á skóginn fyrir þá, 568; þá gerði Karl lið móti þeim, Fms. i. 108; jarl gerði Eirík at leita Ribbunga, ix. 314; hann gerði fram fyrir sik Álf á njósn, 488; hann gerði menn fyrir sér at segja konunginum kvámu sína, x. 10; hleypi-skúta var gör norðr til Þrándheims, vii. 206; jafnan gerði jarl til Ribbunga ok drap menn af þeim, ix. 312; vilja Ósvífrs-synir þegar gera til þeirra Kotkels, despatch them to slay K., Ld. 144; skulu vér nú göra í mót honum, ok láta hann engri njósn koma, 242:—göra eptir e-m, to send after one, Nero bað göra eptir postulunum ok leiða þangat, 656 C. 26; nú verðr eigi eptir gört at miðjum vetri, Grág. i. 421; frændr Bjarnar létu göra eptir (Germ. abholen) líki hans, Bjarn. 69; síðan gerðu þeir til klaustrs þess er jómfrúin var í, Fms. x. 102:—gera e-m orð, njósn, to do a message to one; hann gerði orð jörlum sínum, Eg. 270; ætluðu þeir at göra Önundi njósn um ferðir Egils, 386, 582; vóru þangat orð gör, word was sent thither, Hkr. ii. 228.
    III. with infin. as an auxiliary verb, only in poetry and old prose (laws); ef hón gerði koma, if she did come, Völ. 5; gerðit vatn vægja, Am. 25; gramr gørr-at sér hlífa, he does not spare himself, Hkr. i. (in a verse); gerðut vægjask, id., Fs. (in a verse); hann gerðisk at höggva, Jb. 41; görðir at segja, Bkv. 15; görðisk at deyja, Gkv. 1. 1: in prose, eigi gerir hugr minn hlægja við honum, Fas. i. 122; góðir menn göra skýra sitt mál með sannsögli, 677. 12; Aristodemus görði eigi enn at trúa, Post.: esp. in the laws, ef þeir göra eigi ganga í rúm sín, Grág. i. 8; ef goðinn gerr eigi segja, 32; ef hann gerr eigi í ganga, 33; ef þeir göra eigi hluta meðr sér, 63; ef dómendr göra eigi dæma, 67; ef dómendr göra eigi við at taka, id.; ef goðinn gerr eigi ( does not) nefna féráns-dóm, 94; nú göra þeir menn eigi úmaga færa, 86; ef þeir göra eigi nefna kvöðina af búanum, Kb. ii. 163; ef þeir göra eigi segja, hvárt …, Sb. ii. 52; nú gerr sá eigi til fara, Kb. ii. 96; göra eigi koma, 150; ef hann gerr eigi kjósa, § 113.
    IV. a law term, göra um, or gera only, to judge or arbitrate in a case; fékksk þat af, at tólf menn skyldu göra um málit, Nj. 111; villt þú göra um málit, 21; bjóða mun ek at göra um, ok lúka upp þegar görðinni, 77; mun sá mála-hluti várr beztr, at góðir menn geri um, 88; málin vóru lagið í gerð, skyldu gera um tólf menn, var þá gert um málin á þingi, var þat gert, at … (follows the verdict), 88; vil ek at þú sættisk skjótt ok látir góða menn gera um …, at hann geri um ok enir beztu menn af hvárra liði lögliga til nefndir, 188; Njáll kvaðsk eigi gera mundu nema á þingi, 105; þeir kváðusk þat halda mundu, er hann gerði, id.; skaltú gera sjálfr, 58; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, 120; ek vil bjóðask til at göra milli ykkar Þórðar um mál yðar, Bjarn. 55; Þorsteinn kvað þat þó mundi mál manna, at þeir hefði góða nefnd um sættir þótt hann görði, 56; nú er þegar slegit í sætt málinu með því móti, at Áskell skal göra um þeirra í milli, Rd. 248; er nú leitað um sættir milli þeirra, ok kom svá at þeir skulu göra um málin Þorgeirr goði frá Ljósa-vatni ok Arnórr ór Reykjahlíð, sú var görð þeirra at …, 288; svá kemr at Ljótr vill at Skapti görði af hans hendi, en Guðmundr vill sjálfr göra fyrir sína hönd, skyldi Skapti gerð upp segja, Valla L. 225; eigi hæfir þat, leitum heldr um sættir ok geri Þorgeirr um mál þessi, Lv. 12; var jafnt gört sár Þórðar ok sár Þórodds, Eb. 246; þær urðu mála-lyktir at Þórðr skyldi göra um …, 24; ok vóru þá görvar miklar fésektir, 128; var leitað um sættir, ok varð þat at sætt, at þeir Snorri ok Steindórr skyldi göra um, 212; þit erut gerfir héraðs-sekir sem íllræðis-menn, Fs. 58: göra görð, Sturl. i. 63, 105: adding the fine, to fix the amount, þat er gerð mín, at ek geri verð húss ok matar, I fix the amount of the value of the house and (stolen) stores, Nj. 80; gerði Njáll hundrað silfrs, N. put it at a hundred silver pieces, 58; margir mæltu, at mikit vaeri gert, that the amount was high, id.; slíkt fégjald sem gert var, 120; vilit ér nokkut héraðs-sektir göra eða utanferðir, 189; hann dæmdi þegar, ok görði hundrað silfrs, 6l; síðan bauð Bjarni Þorkatli sætt ok sjálfdæmi, görði Bjarni hundrað silfrs, Vápn. 31; ek göri á hönd Þóri hundrað silfrs, Lv. 55; ek göri á hönd þér hundrað silfrs, id.; vilit þér, at ek göra millum ykkar? síðan görði konungr konuna til handa Þórði ok öll fé hennar, Bjarn. 17; Rafn kvað hann mikit fé annat af sér hafa gört, at eigi þætti honum þat betra, Fs. 30; Gellir görði átta hundrað silfrs, Lv. 97; fyrir þat gerði Börkr hinn digri af honum eyjarnar, B. took the isles from him as a fine, Landn. 123: adding the case as object, Gunnarr gerði gerðina, G. gave judgment in the case, Nj. 80; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, till the other case was decided, 120; þá sætt er hann görði Haraldi jarli, that settlement which he made for earl Harold, Fms. viii. 300: Flosi var görr utan ok allir brennu-menn, F. was put out ( banished) and all the burners, Nj. 251: metaph., nema þau vili annat mál á gera, unless they choose to settle it otherwise, Grág. i. 336.
    2. in the phrase, göra sekð, to make a case of outlawry, Grág. i. 118; eigi um görir sekð manns ella, else the outlawry takes no effect; en hann um görir eigi ella sekðina, else he cannot condemn him, 119.
    3. to perform; eptir-gerðar þeirrar sem hverr nennti framast at gera eptir sinn náung, Fms. viii. 103; en þat grunaði konung, at hann mundi ætla at göra eptir sumar sættir, i. e. that he had some back door to escape by, Orkn. 58 (cp. Ó. H.); allt þat er þér gerit nú fyrir þeirra sálum, id.
    V. special usages, to make allowance for; gera fóðr til fjár, to make an arbitrary allowance for, Ísl. ii. 138; hence, to suppose, en ef ek skal göra til fyrir fram ( suggest) hvat er hón (the code) segir mér, þá segi ek svá, at …, Fms. ix. 331; gera sér í hug, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar-lund, to fancy; göra e-m getsakir, to impute to one; gera orð á e-u, to report a thing; þat er ekki orð á því geranda, ‘tis not worth talking about; eigi þarf orð at göra hjá því (‘tis not to be denied), sjálfan stólkonunginn blindaði hann, Mork. 14 (cp. Fms. vi. 168, l. c.); gera sér létt, to take a thing lightly, Am. 70; göra sér far um, to take pains; göra sér í hug, hugar-lund, to suppose.
    D. IMPERS. it makes one so and so, one becomes; hann görði fölvan í andliti, he turned pale, Glúm. 342; leysti ísinn ok görði varmt vatnið, the water became warm, 623. 34; veðr görði hvast, a gale arose, Eg. 128; hríð mikla gerði at þeim, they were overtaken by a storm, 267; þá gerði ok á hríð (acc.) veðrs, 281; féll veðrit ok gerði logn (acc.), and became calm, 372; görði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high, 600; til þess er veðr lægði ok ljóst gerði, and till it cleared up, 129; um nóttina gerði á æði-veðr ok útsynning, 195; görir á fyrir þeim hafvillur, they lost their course (of sailors), Finnb. 242; mér gerir svefnhöfugt, I grow sleepy, Nj. 264; þá görði vetr mikinn þar eptir hinn næsta, Rd. 248.
    E. REFLEX, to become, grow, arise, and the like; þá görðisk hlátr, then arose laughter, Nj. 15; görðisk bardagi, it came to a fight, 62, 108; sá atburðr görðisk, it came to pass, Fms. x. 279; þau tíðendi er þar höfðu görzt, Ld. 152; gerðisk með þeim félagskapr, they entered into fellowship, Eg. 29; gerðisk svá fallit kaup, Dipl. ii. 10; Sigurðr konungr gerðisk ( grew up to be) ofstopa-maðr …, görðisk mikill maðr ok sterkr, Fms. vii. 238; hann görðisk brátt ríkr maðr ok stjórnsamr, xi. 223; Unnr görðisk þá mjök elli-móð, U. became worn with age, Ld. 12; sár þat er at ben görðisk, a law term, a wound which amounted to a bleeding wound, Nj. passim:—to be made, to become, görask konungr, to become king, Eg. 12; ok görðisk skáld hans, and became his skáld, 13; görðisk konungs hirðmaðr, 27; görask hans eigin-kona, to become his wedded wife, Fms. i. 3; at hann skyldi görask hálf-konungr yfir Dana-veldi, 83; vill Hrútr görask mágr þinn, Nj. 3; hann gerðisk síðan óvarari, he became less cautious, Fms. x. 414.
    2. with the prep. svá, to happen, come to pass so and so; svá görðisk, at …, it so happened, that …, Nj. 167; görðisk svá til, at …, Fms. x. 391; þá görðisk svá til um síðir, at…, at last it came to pass. that …, 392; enda vissi hann eigi, at þingför mundi af görask, in case he knew not that it would entail a journey to parliament, Grág. i. 46: with at added, to increase, þá görðisk þat mjök at um jarl ( it grew even worse with the earl) at hann var úsiðugr um kvenna-far, görðisk þat svá mikit, at …, it grew to such a pitch, that …, Hkr. i. 245; hence the mod. phrase, e-ð á-görist, it increases, gains, advances, esp. of illness, bad habits, and the like, never in a good sense.
    3. impers. with dat., honum gerðisk ekki mjök vært, he felt restless, Ld. 152; næsta gerisk mér kynlegt, I feel uneasy, Finnb. 236.
    4. to behave, bear oneself; Páll görðisk hraustliga í nafni Jesu, Post. 656 C. 13.
    5. to set about doing, be about; fám vetrum síðan görðisk hann vestr til Íslands, Fms. x. 415; maðr kom at honum ok spurði, hvat hann gerðisk, what he was about, Ó. H. 244; görðisk jarl til Ribbunga, Fms. ix. 312, v. l.; tveir menn görðusk ferðar sinnar, two men set out for a journey, x. 279; görðusk menn ok eigi til þess at sitja yfir hlut hans, Eg. 512; at þessir menn hafa görzk til svá mikils stórræðis, Fms. xi. 261; eigi treystusk menn at görask til við hann, Bárð. 160.
    6. (mod.) to be; in such phrases as, eins og menn nú gerast, such as people now are; eins og flestir menn gerast.
    F. PART. PASS. görr, geyrr (Fms. ix. 498, x. 75), gjörr, gerr, as adj., compar. görvari, superl. görvastr; [A. S. gearu; gare, Chaucer, Percy’s Ballads; O. H. G. garwe; Germ. gar]:—skilled, accomplished; vaskligr, at sér görr, Ld. 134; vel at sér görr, Ísl. ii. 326, Gísl. 14; gerr at sér um allt, Nj. 51; hraustir ok vel at sér görvir, Eg. 86; at engi maðr hafi gervari at sér verit en Sigurðr, Mork. 221; allra manna snjallastr í máli ok görvastr at sér, Hkr. iii. 360: the phrase, leggja görva hönd á e-t, to set a skilled hand to work, to be an adept, a master in a thing; svá hagr, at hann lagði allt á görva hönd, Fas. i. 391, (á allt görva hönd, iii. 195.)
    2. ready made, at hand; in the saying, gott er til geyrs (i. e. görs, not geirs) at taka, ‘tis good to have a thing at hand, Hkm. 17; ganga til görs, to have it ready made for one, Ld. 96; gör gjöld, prompt punishment, Lex. Poët.:—with infin., gerr at bjóða, ready to offer, Gh. 17; gervir at eiskra, in wild spirits, Hom. 11; görvar at ríða, Vsp. 24: with gen. of the thing, gerr ílls hugar, prone to evil, Hým. 9; gerr galdrs, prone to sorcery, Þd. 3; skulut þess görvir, be ready for that! Am. 55.
    II. [cp. görvi, Engl. gear], done, dressed; svá görvir, so ‘geared,’ so trussed, Am. 40.
    III. adverb. phrases, so-gurt, at soguru, so done; verða menn þat þó so-gurt at hafa, i. e. there is no redress to be had, Hrafn. 9; hafi hann so-gurt, N. G. L. i. 35, Nj. 141; kvað eigi so-gort duga, 123, v. l.; at (með) so-guru, this done, quo facto, Skv. 1. 24, 40; freq. with a notion of being left undone, re infecta. Germ. unverrichteter sache, Eg. 155, Glúm. 332, Ó. H. 202; enda siti um so-gort, and now let it stand, Skálda 166; við so-gurt, id., 655 vii. 4; á so-gurt ofan, into the bargain, Bs. i. 178, Ölk. 36, Fas. i. 85.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GÖRA

  • 19 गुरु _guru

    गुरु a. (
    -रु, -र्वी f.) [ग कु उच्च Uṇ.1.24.] (compar. गरीयस्; superl. गरिष्ठ)
    1 Heavy, weighty (opp. लघु); (fig. also); तेन धूर्जगतो गुर्वी सचिवेषु निचिक्षिपे R.1.34;3.35; 12.12; विमुच्य वासांसि गुरूणि साम्प्रतम् Ṛs.1.7.
    -2 Great, large, long, extended.
    -3 Long (in duration or length). आरम्भगुर्वी Bh.2.6; गुरुषु दिवसेष्वेषु गच्छत्सु Me.85.
    -4 Important, momentous, great; विभवगुरुभिः कृत्यैः Ś.4. 19; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V.4.31; Ku.3.13; Bh.3.7; R.14.35.
    -5 Arduous, difficult (to bear); कान्ताविरहगुरुणा शापेन Me.1.
    -6 Great, excessive, violent, intense; गुरुः प्रहर्षः प्रबभूव नात्मनि R.3.17; गुर्वपि विरहदुःखम् Ś.4.16; Bg.6.22.
    -7 Venerable, respectable.
    -8 Heavy, hard of digestion (as food).
    -9 Best, excel- lent.
    -1 Dear, beloved.
    -11 Haughty, proud (as a speech).
    -12 (In prosody) Long, as a syllable, either in itself, or being short, followed by a con- junct consonant &c.; e. g. ई in ईड् or त in तस्कर (It is usually represented by ग in works on prosody; मात्तौ गौ चेच्छालिनी वेदलोकैः &c.).
    -13 Irresistible, unassailable; जागर्ति दंशाय...गुरुर्भुजङ्गी Māl.6.1.
    -14 Mighty; powerful.
    -15 Valuable, highly prized; पूर्वं पूर्वं गुरु ज्ञेयम् Y.2.3.
    -16 Grievous; Me.85.
    -रुः 1 (a) A father; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेकपार्थिवः क्षितावभूदेकधनुर्धरो$पि सः R.3.31,48;4.1; 8.29. (b) Forefather, ancestor; त्वां मैत्रावरुणो$भिनन्दतु गुरुर्यस्ते गुरूणामपि U.5.27. (c) Father-in-law; त्वं हि मे गुरुः (तद्धर्मतः स्नुषा ते$हम्) Rām.7.26.28-29.
    -2 Any vener- able or respectable person, an elderly personage or relative, the elders (pl.) शुश्रूषस्व गुरून् Ś.4.18; Bg. 2.5; Bv.2.7,18,19,49; आज्ञा गुरूणां ह्यविचारणीया R. 14.46.
    -3 A teacher, preceptor; गुरुशिष्यौ.
    -4 Parti- cularly, a religious teacher, spiritual preceptor. तौ गुरुर्गुरुपत्नी च प्रीत्या प्रतिननन्दतुः R.1.57; (technically a Guru is one who performs the purificatory ceremonies over a boy and instructs him in the Vedas; स गुरुर्यः क्रियाः कृत्वा वेदमस्मै प्रयच्छति Y.1.34).
    -5 A lord, head, supe- rintendent, ruler; सर्वे गुरुहिते स्थिताः Rām.4.4.6; कर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी R.5.19 the head of the castes or orders; गुरुर्नृपाणां गुरवे निवेद्य 2.68.
    -6 N. of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; गुरुं नेत्रसहस्रेण चोदयामास वासवः Ku.2.29; Pt.1.23.
    -7 The planet Jupiter; गुरुकाव्यानुगां बिभ्रच्चान्द्रीमभिनभः श्रियम् Śi.2.2.
    -8 The propounder of a new doctrine.
    -9 The lunar as- terism called पुष्य.
    -1 N. of Droṇa, teacher of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas.
    -11 N. of Prabhākara, the leader of a school of the Mīmāṁsakas (called after him Prābhākara).
    -12 The supreme spirit.
    -Comp. -अक्षरम् a long syllable.
    -अङ्गना 1 the wife of a Guru.
    -2 A woman entitled to great respect.
    -अर्थ a. important; सतीं व्यादाय शृण्वन्तो लघ्वीं गुर्वर्थगह्वराम् Bhāg.3. 16.14. (
    -र्थः) a preceptor's fee for instructing a pupil; गुर्वर्थमाहर्तुमहं यतिष्ये R.5.17.
    -उत्तम a. highly revered. (
    -मः) the Supreme soul.
    -उपदेशः 1 Consultation of the experts; एषु स्थानेषु गुरूपदेशात् सम्यङ् नाडीं परीक्ष्य शिरामोचनं कुर्यात् Śālihotra of Bhoja, 82.
    -2 advice by the elders or by the preceptor.
    -कण्ठः a peacock.
    -कारः worship, adoration.
    -कार्यम् 1 a serious or weighty affair.
    -2 the office of a spiritual teacher.
    -कुलम् the residence of a Guru (गुरुगृह), academy; वसन् गुरुकुले नित्यं नित्यम- ध्ययने रतः Mb.9.4.3; आवृत्तानां गुरुकुलाद्विप्राणां पूजको भवेत् Ms.7.82.
    -कृत a.
    1 worshipped.
    -2 made much of; अहो निन्द्यं रूपं कविजनविशेषैर्गुरु कृतम् Bh.3.2.
    -क्रमः instruc- tion handed down through a series of teachers, tradi- tional instruction.
    -गृहम् signs (राशिs) Sagittarius (धनु) and Pisces (मीन).
    -घ्नः white mustard.
    -चर्या attend- ance upon a preceptor; Māl.9.51.
    -जनः any venerable person, an elderly relative, the elders collectively; नापेक्षितो गुरुजनः K.158; Bv.2.7.
    -तल्पः 1 the bed (wife) of a teacher.
    -2 violation or violator of a tea- cher's bed; Mb.12.56.32.
    -तल्पगः, -तल्पिन् m.
    1 one who violates his teacher's bed (wife), (ranked in Hindu law as a sinner of the worst kind, committer of an अतिपातक; cf. Ms.11.13); Mb.3.43.6.
    -2 one who defiles his step-mother.
    -दक्षिणा fee given to a spiritual preceptor; उपात्तविद्यो गुरुदक्षिणार्थी R.5.1.
    -दानम् a Guru's gift.
    -दैवतम् the constellation पुष्य.
    -पत्रा the tamarind tree.
    -त्रम् tin.
    -पाक a. difficult of digestion.
    -पूजा 1 the ceremonies in propitiation of Bṛihaspati when a work is to be performed or undertaken.
    -2 the wor- ship of one's spiritual preceptor.
    -प्रसादः the product of a Guru's blessing, i. e. learning.
    -भम् 1 the constel- lation पुष्य.
    -2 a bow.
    -3 the sign Pisces of the zodiac.
    -भावः importance, weight.
    -मर्दलः a kind of drum or tabor.
    -रत्नम् 1 topaz; (Mar. पुष्पराग, गोमेद).
    -2 a gem brought from the Himālaya and the Indus.
    -लाघवम् relative importance or value; विरोधिषु महीपाल निश्चित्य गुरु- लाघवम् Mb.3.131.12; Ś.5.
    -वर्चोघ्नः the lime, citron.
    -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् m. a student (ब्रह्मचारिन्) who resides at his preceptor's house.
    -वर्ति, -ता f. respectful beha- viour towards Guru (elder or venerable person); निवेद्य गुरवे राज्यं भजिष्ये गुरुवर्तिताम् Rām.2.115.19.
    -वारः, -वासरः Thursday.
    -वृत्तिः f. the conduct of a pupil towards his preceptor; Rām.2.9.2.
    -व्यथ a. greatly distres- sed, heavy with grief; वचोभिराशाजननैर्भवानिव गुरुव्यथम् V. 3.9.
    -शिखरिन् m. an epithet of the Himālaya.
    -श्रुतिः a mantra (especially गायत्री); जपमानो गुरुश्रुतिम् Mb.13. 136.6.
    -स्वम् (= ष्वम्) the preceptor's wealth or pro- perty; गवां क्षीरं गुरुष्वं ते... Bm.1.35.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गुरु _guru

  • 20 MARGR

    I)
    (mörg, mart), a.
    1) in sing. a collect. sense, both as subst. and a., many a (one);
    margr maðr, many a person;
    margr mun þik öfunda, many a one will envy thee;
    neut., mart, many things, opp. to ‘fátt’ (tala margr, margs vitandi);
    í mörgu, in many things, in many respects;
    fyrir margs sakir, for many reasons;
    mart manna, many people;
    2) in pl. many (særðr mörgum sárum);
    3) fig. friendly, communicative, opp. to fár( var hann margr við Árna biskup).
    ekki má við margnum, no one can stand against great odds.
    * * *
    adj., fem. mörg. neut. margt, usually spelt and pronounced mart; compar. fleiri, q. v.; superl. flestr; [Ulf. manags = πολύς; A. S. manig; Engl. many: O. H. G. manag; Dutch mennig; Germ. manche; the n is found in all South-Teutonic languages, and the word is explained by Grimm as a compd from mann ( homo) and the suffix -gi (- cunque); the Norse margr is the same word, having only changed the n into r, for the n remains in a few derivatives, as mengi ( a crowd), menga ( to blend), manga, q. v.: in mod. Swed. and Dan. the n has been resumed from intercourse with the Germ.; Dan. mange; early Swed. marger, but mod. Swed. mânga]:—many; munu margir þess gjalda, Nj. 2; meiri er veiðr í Flosa en mörgum öðrum, 232; marga þína muni, Ld. 102; særðr mörgum sárum … mörgum mönnum, … margir menn, Fms. x. 370; margir slíkir, many such. Nj. 6; marga penninga, Dipl. ii. 10.
    2. sing. in a collect. sense, both as subst. and adj.; mart man, Fms. i. 185; margr maðr, Fb. i. 241; margr sá fróðr þvkkisk, Hm. 29; þviat margr man þik öfunda, þvíat margr mun þar at þér víkja, Nj. 47; skipask margr vel við góðan búning, Fms. vi. 208; hefir þó margr hlotið um sárt at binda, Nj. 54; hann hafði látið slá skipa-saum margan, a great quantity of, Fms. ix. 377: margr er knár þó hann sé smár; ber mér jafnan mart á góma, vi. 208; margs vitandi, Vsp. 20; mart er mér vel hent at göra, Nj. 54; tala mart, 194; heyra mart en tala fátt, Hallgr.; spyrja mjök margs, Ld. 88; fyrir margs sakir, for many reasons, Fms. vi. 215; ok þykkir lítt fyrir (í) mörgu þat at tala, xi. 108; mart manna, many people, Eg. 134, Nj. 194: í mörgu, in many respects, in many things, 625. 82, Fb. iii. 246; fróð at mörgu, Nj. 194; margs alls, quite great, adverb., Am. 8, 92.
    II. metaph. friendly, communicative (cp. fár); höfum vit nú hvarttveggja reynt, at mart hefir verit um með okkr ok fátt, Gísl. 17; ekki var mart með þeim, Fms. x. 78; svá er, frændi, at með okkr hefir verit ekki mart, Ld. 106; þó var hann margr við Árna biskup ok fréttinn af Íslandi, Bs. i. 776.
    III. margr is used as a subst., in the saying, eigi má við margnum, no one can stand against many, against odds; en þó mátti hann eigi við marginum um síðir, at last he was overthrown, Bær. 14; kom at því sem mælt er, at ekki má við margnum, Fs. 89, Fms. xi. 278. margs-konar and margs-kyns, adv. of many kinds, various, Fs. 63, Edda 38, Hkr. i. 5, Fms. i. 185, Eg. 517, passim.
    B. COMPDS: margbreytinn, margbreytni, margbrotinn, margbrugðinn, margdýrr, margfalda, margfaldan, margfaldleikr, margfaldliga, margfaldligr, margfaldr, margfróðgjarn, margfróðr, margfræði, margfrömuðr, margfætla, margháttaðr, margheyrðr, marghrossa, margkunnandi, margkunnigr, margkunnindi, margkvíslaðr, margkvíslóttr, margkvæmt, margkyndugr, marglátr, margleiki, margliga, marglitr, marglyndr, marglæti, margmálugr, margmenni, margmennr, margmælgi, margmæli, margmæltr, margopt, margorðr, margprettóttr, margræða, margræddr, margræðinn, margsinnis, margslægr, margsmugall, margspakr, margstaðar, margtalaðr, margteitr, margtítt, margvitr, margvísliga, margvísligr, margvíss, margyrðr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > MARGR

См. также в других словарях:

  • Great — (gr[=a]t), a. [Compar. {Greater}; superl. {Greatest}.] [OE. gret, great, AS. gre[ a]t; akin to OS. & LG. gr[=o]t, D. groot, OHG. gr[=o]z, G. gross. Cf. {Groat} the coin.] 1. Large in space; of much size; big; immense; enormous; expanded; opposed… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Great bear — Great Great (gr[=a]t), a. [Compar. {Greater}; superl. {Greatest}.] [OE. gret, great, AS. gre[ a]t; akin to OS. & LG. gr[=o]t, D. groot, OHG. gr[=o]z, G. gross. Cf. {Groat} the coin.] 1. Large in space; of much size; big; immense; enormous;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Great cattle — Great Great (gr[=a]t), a. [Compar. {Greater}; superl. {Greatest}.] [OE. gret, great, AS. gre[ a]t; akin to OS. & LG. gr[=o]t, D. groot, OHG. gr[=o]z, G. gross. Cf. {Groat} the coin.] 1. Large in space; of much size; big; immense; enormous;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Great charter — Great Great (gr[=a]t), a. [Compar. {Greater}; superl. {Greatest}.] [OE. gret, great, AS. gre[ a]t; akin to OS. & LG. gr[=o]t, D. groot, OHG. gr[=o]z, G. gross. Cf. {Groat} the coin.] 1. Large in space; of much size; big; immense; enormous;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Great circle of a sphere — Great Great (gr[=a]t), a. [Compar. {Greater}; superl. {Greatest}.] [OE. gret, great, AS. gre[ a]t; akin to OS. & LG. gr[=o]t, D. groot, OHG. gr[=o]z, G. gross. Cf. {Groat} the coin.] 1. Large in space; of much size; big; immense; enormous;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Great circle sailing — Great Great (gr[=a]t), a. [Compar. {Greater}; superl. {Greatest}.] [OE. gret, great, AS. gre[ a]t; akin to OS. & LG. gr[=o]t, D. groot, OHG. gr[=o]z, G. gross. Cf. {Groat} the coin.] 1. Large in space; of much size; big; immense; enormous;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Great go — Great Great (gr[=a]t), a. [Compar. {Greater}; superl. {Greatest}.] [OE. gret, great, AS. gre[ a]t; akin to OS. & LG. gr[=o]t, D. groot, OHG. gr[=o]z, G. gross. Cf. {Groat} the coin.] 1. Large in space; of much size; big; immense; enormous;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Great guns — Great Great (gr[=a]t), a. [Compar. {Greater}; superl. {Greatest}.] [OE. gret, great, AS. gre[ a]t; akin to OS. & LG. gr[=o]t, D. groot, OHG. gr[=o]z, G. gross. Cf. {Groat} the coin.] 1. Large in space; of much size; big; immense; enormous;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Great master — Great Great (gr[=a]t), a. [Compar. {Greater}; superl. {Greatest}.] [OE. gret, great, AS. gre[ a]t; akin to OS. & LG. gr[=o]t, D. groot, OHG. gr[=o]z, G. gross. Cf. {Groat} the coin.] 1. Large in space; of much size; big; immense; enormous;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Great organ — Great Great (gr[=a]t), a. [Compar. {Greater}; superl. {Greatest}.] [OE. gret, great, AS. gre[ a]t; akin to OS. & LG. gr[=o]t, D. groot, OHG. gr[=o]z, G. gross. Cf. {Groat} the coin.] 1. Large in space; of much size; big; immense; enormous;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Great primer — Great Great (gr[=a]t), a. [Compar. {Greater}; superl. {Greatest}.] [OE. gret, great, AS. gre[ a]t; akin to OS. & LG. gr[=o]t, D. groot, OHG. gr[=o]z, G. gross. Cf. {Groat} the coin.] 1. Large in space; of much size; big; immense; enormous;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»